06. Authorization to Purchase Two Replacement Fire Engines

item =ivo.
r
TO: HONORABLE MAYOR AND MEMBERS OF THE CITY COUNCIL
FROM: OFFICE OF THE CITY MANAGER
BY: DAN HURLOCK, FIRE CHIEF
DATE: MARCH 14, 2023
SUBJECT: AUTHORIZATION TO PURCHASE TWO REPLACEMENT FIRE ENGINES

RECOMMENDATION
That the City Council appropriate $2,049,932.24, from special revenue fund 35, to purchase two fire engines from South Coast Fire Equipment, Inc., to replace two, 2001 fire engines currently in service as reserve, emergency response apparatus.

DISCUSSION
A fire engine is a specialized apparatus that is part of the Fire Department fleet and responds to various emergencies throughout the City and surrounding area and will, occasionally, respond to state-wide emergencies. A fire engine carries specialized equipment including hose, tools and medical supplies. Fire Engines are used to respond to and mitigate calls for service such as; fires, vehicle accidents, special rescues, medical aids and other requests for assistance.

Two of the fire engines, currently in the fleet, have been in service more than 21 years and are scheduled for replacement. Due to supply chain issues and demand for new fire apparatus, the new fire engines will take 34 months to manufacture from the time an order is placed.

Upon delivery of the two, new fire engines, they will be placed in service as frontline, emergency response apparatus. The two fire engines that are currently in service, as reserve apparatus, will be removed from service and the two oldest engines currently used as frontline apparatus will be placed into reserve status. Reserve apparatus are put in service anytime a frontline apparatus is taken out of service for maintenance or due to emergency response out of the City.

South Coast Fire Equipment, Inc., is the exclusive Pierce Manufacturing representative for the Southern California region. Pierce holds a competitively bid Sourcewell Contract (#113021-OKC- 1) that guarantees competitive pricing and is eligible for use per the City of Downey's cooperative purchasing policy. The City will be purchasing the two fire engines from South Coast Fire Equipment, Inc. through a leasing financing option with Community Leasing Partners, a Division of Community First National Bank, similar to what the City has done in the past. Attached are the documents needed for the purchase of the two fire engines from South Coast Fire Equipment, and to add the City to the que of orders placed. A resolution, leasing agreement, and other related documents with Community Leasing Partners will be brought to the City Council at a future City Council meeting.

AUTHORIZATION TO PURCHASE TWO REPLACEMENT FIRE ENGINES
MARCH 14, 2022
PAGE 2

CITY COUNCIL PRIORITIES
Fiscal Responsibility
Efficiency & Adaptability
Quality of Life, Safety and Infrastructure

FISCAL IMPACT
Funding to replace the two fire engines would come from Special Revenue Fund 35:

1. Replacement Fire Engines: $1,024,966.12 (each) x 2 = $2,049,932.24 (total)

ATTACHMENTS
Attachment A — Quote from South Coast Equipment to Pay in Full (Prepay) Attachment B — Specifications for New Fire Engines
Attachment C — Sourcewell/Pierce/OKC Price Information
Attachment D — Pierce/Sourcewell Board Resolution
Attachment E — Pierce/OKC/Sourcewell Contract
2 Downey Fire Department
100% Pre -Payment Option
February 14, 2023
If a 100% pre -payment were made at contract signing, the following discount would be applied to the final invoice:

Each
Extension
Two ( 2 ) Pierce Enforcer Triple Combination
Pumper Per Sourcewell Contract #
022818. Base Model 259
$ 986,947.00
$ 1,971,894.00
100% Prepayment Discount
$ (56,354.00)
$ (112,708.00)

APPARATUS COST
$ 929,593.00
$ 1,869,186.00
Sales Tax @ 10,000%
$ 92,959.30
$ 185,918.60
Performance Bond
$ 2,403.32
$ 4,806.64
California Tire Fee
$ 10.50
$ 21.00
Consortium Fee Not Applicable
$ -
$ -

TOTAL PREPAY PURCHASE PRICE
$ 1,024,966.12
$ 2,049,932.24
Less 100% pre -payment at Contract Signing
$ 1,024,966.12
$ 2,049,932.24

BALANCE DUE AT DELIVERY
$0.00 $0.00
a) If your department makes a 100% cash pre -payment at contract signing. b) If your department signs up for a lease -purchase with Pierce Financial Solutions. This would require no money down and no payments for one (1) year if desired. * Discount for the 100% pre -payment option includes discounts for the chassis, interest, aerial (if applicable), and flooring charges.
' Any item added after this option is elected will come at additional cost and will be added to the final invoice.

ATTACHMENT A

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION....................................................................................16 QUALITYAND WORKMANSHIP......................................................................................................16 DELIVERY........................................................................................................................................17 MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION............................................ --...................................... 17
SAFETYVIDEO................................................................................................................................17 PERFORMANCETESTS..................................................................................................................17 SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT..........................................................................................17 LIABILITY.........................................................................................................................................18 INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER.............................................................................................18 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE.........................................................................18 COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE..................................................................19 UMBRELLAIEXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE................................................................................19 INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER.............................................................................19 PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE.................................................................................................19 UMBRELLAIEXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE................................................................................20 SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER..............................................................................................20 NFPA2016 STANDARDS................................................................................................................20 NFPACOMPLIANCY........................................................................................................................21 PUMPTEST.....................................................................................................................................21 GENERATORTEST.........................................................................................................................21 BREATHINGAIR TEST....................................................................................................................21 VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION....................................................................21 BIDBOND NOT REQUESTED.........................................................................................................21 PERFORMANCE BOND NOT REQUESTED...................................................................................22 APPROVALDRAWING....................................................................................................................22 DRAWING, COMPARTMENT LAYOUT............................................................................................23 ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS..................................................................................................23 ENFORCERCHASSIS.....................................................................................................................23 WHEELBASE...................................................................................................................................23 GVWRATING...................................................................................................................................23 FRAME............................................................................................................................................24 FRONTAXLE...................................................................................................................................24 As Proposed 1 of 122 1-19-23

FRONTSUSPENSION.....................................................................................................................24 SHOCKABSORBERS......................................................................................................................24 FRONTOIL SEALS..........................................................................................................................24 FRONTTIRES..................................................................................................................................24 REARAXLE.....................................................................................................................................24 TOPSPEED OF VEHICLE...............................................................................................................24 REARSUSPENSION.......................................................................................................................24 REAROIL SEALS............................................................................................................................25 REARTIRES.......................................................... ...................................................................... ....25
TIREBALANCE................................................................................................................................25 TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT...................................................................................................25 FRONTHUB COVERS.....................................................................................................................25 REARHUB COVERS.......................................................................................................................25 CHROMELUG NUT COVERS.........................................................................................................25 MUDFLAPS.....................................................................................................................................25 WHEELCHOCKS.............................................................................................................................26 WheelChock Brackets..................................................................................................................26 ANTI -LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM..........................................................................................................26 BRAKES...........................................................................................................................................26 BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR.............................................................................................26 BRAKESYSTEM..............................................................................................................................26 BRAKESYSTEM AIR DRYER..........................................................................................................27 BRAKELINES..................................................................................................................................27 AIRINLET/OUTLET..........................................................................................................................27 RECESSED BOX FOR AIR FITTING...............................................................................................27 COMPRESSION FITTINGS ONLY...................................................................................................27 ENGINE............................................................................................................................................27 HIGHIDLE.......................................................................................................................................28 ENGINEBRAKE...............................................................................................................................28 CLUTCHFAN...................................................................................................................................28 ENGINESHUTDOWN......................................................................................................................28 ENGINEAIR INTAKE.......................................................................................................................29 EXHAUSTSYSTEM.........................................................................................................................29 As Proposed 2 of 122 1-19-23

EXHAUST MODIFICATION..............................................................................................................29 RADIATOR............................................................................ .................................................. ......---29
COOLANTLINES............................................................................. .30
FUELTANK......................................................................................................................................30 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK......................................................................................................30 FUELPRIMING PUMP.....................................................................................................................31 FUELSHUTOFF ...............................................................................................................................31 FUELSEPARATOR..........................................................................................................................31 TRANSMISSION..............................................................................................................................31 TRANSMISSION SHIFTER..............................................................................................................31 TRANSMISSION COOLER...............................................................................................................31 DRIVELINE.......................................................................................................................................31 DRIVEI_INE SAFETY LOOP(S)........................................................................................................32 STEERING ..............................

STEERINGWHEEL..........................................................................................................................32 LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH.......................................................................32 BUMPER.................................................................... ..................................................... .................32
GravelPan.................................................................. ..........32 ........................................................

CENTER HOSE TRAY.....................................................................................................................32 CenterTray Cover.........................................................................................................................33 TOWHOOKS...................................................................................................................................33 HINGEDCENTER SECTION...........................................................................................................33 CAB....................................... ...........................................................................................................33 CABROOF DRIP RAIL.....................................................................................................................34 INTERIOR CAB INSULATION..........................................................................................................34 FENDERLINERS. ............................................ — ............................................................................. 34 PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD.............................................................................................................34 WINDSHIELDWIPERS....................................................................................................................35 ENGINETUNNEL.............................................................................................................................35

INTERIOR CREW CAB REAR WALL ADJUSTABLE SEATING (PATENT PENDING) .....................35
CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING......................................................................................35 CABLIFT..........................................................................................................................................35 CabLift Interlock...........................................................................................................................36 As Proposed 3 of 122 1-19-23

GRILLE............................................................................................................................................. 36 DOORJAMB SCUFFPLATES..........................................................................................................36 SIDEOF CAB MOLDING..................................................................................................................36 MIRRORS......................................................................................................................................... 36 DOORS......................................................................... ..36
DoorPanels..................................................................................................................................37 ELECTRIC OPERATED CAB DOOR WINDOWS.............................................................................37 CABSTEPS ........................................... ........................................................................... ...............37
CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS..........................................................................................................37 STEPLIGHTS..................................................................................................................................37 FENDERCROWNS..........................................................................................................................38 CREWCAB WINDOWS...................................................................................................................38

RIGHT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
.............................................................38 LEFT SIDE UPPER CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT..................................................................38 BEHIND LEFT SIDE CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT............................................................................38 LEFT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT................................................................38 RIGHT SIDE UPPER CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT...............................................................38 BEHIND RIGHT SIDE CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT..........................................................................38 STORAGE COMPARTMENT...........................................................................................................38 CompartmentLight........................................................................................................................38 GLOVEBOX.....................................................................................................................................39 CABDASH.......................................................................................................................................39 MOUNTING PLATE ON ENGINE TUNNEL......................................................................................39 CABINTERIOR................................................................................................................................39 CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY.......................................................................................................39 CABINTERIOR PAINT.....................................................................................................................39 CABFLOOR.....................................................................................................................................40 DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM.......................................................................................40 CabDefroster................................................................................................................................40 Cab/CrewAuxiliary Heater............................................................................................................40 Air Conditioning ........................................

Climate Control ................................

GravityDrain Tubes......................................................................................................................41 As Proposed 4 of 122 1-19-23

SUNVISORS....................................................................................................................................41 GRABHANDLES..............................................................................................................................41 ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS.................................................................................................42 ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS...................................................................................................42 MAPBOX............................................................................................................ .................42 SEATINGCAPACITY............................................................................................. ......42 ....................

DRIVERSEAT..................................................................................................................................42 OFFICERSEAT................................................................................................................................42 REAR FACING LEFT SIDE CABINET..............................................................................................42 CabinetLight ........................................................ .............43 ............................................................

REAR FACING RIGHT SIDE CABINET............................................................................................43 CabinetLight.......................................................................................... ..43 FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT..................................................................43 FORWARD FACING CENTER SEATS.............................................................................................44 FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT.........................................................44 REAR FACING OVERHEAD STORAGE COMPARTMENT..............................................................44 CompartmentLight........................................................................................................................44 SEATUPHOLSTERY.......................................................................................................................44 AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS...................................................................................................................44 FOOTREST ANGLE........................................................................................................................45 SEATBELTS....................................................................................................................................45 HELMETBRACKET.........................................................................................................................45 CABDOME LIGHTS.........................................................................................................................45 ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR CAB AND CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS... ................ ................ 46 ADDITIONAL OVERHEAD MAP LIGHT...........................................................................................46 HAND HELD SPOTLIGHT................................................................................................................46 CAB INSTRUMENTATION...............................................................................................................46 Gauges.................................................................................................. ..46 IndicatorLamps.............................................................................................................................47 Alarms...........................................................................................................................................48 Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out............................................................................................49 ControlSwitches.................................................................................. ..49 .......................................

CustomSwitch Panels...................................................................................................................50 As Proposed 5 of 122 1-19-23

DiagnosticPanel ........................... ................................................................................................50 CabLCD Display................................................................................... ...........................50 AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR......................................................................................................51 "DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR...................................................................................51 DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES..............................................................................................51 SWITCHPANELS............................................................................................................................52 WIPERCONTROL............................................................................................................................52 SPARE CIRCUIT.................................................................

SPARECIRCUIT..............................................................................................................................52 SPARECIRCUIT..............................................................................................................................52 STEREORADIO...............................................................................................................................53 INFORMATION CENTER..........................................................................

GeneralScreen Design.................................................................................................................54 Home/Transit Screen....................................................................................................................54 OnScene Screen..........................................................................................................................54 VirtualButtons...............................................................................................................................55 PageScreen.................................................................................................................................55 VEHICLE DATA RECORDER...........................................................................................................57 SeatBelt Monitoring System.........................................................................................................57 INTERCOM SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................58 RADIO 1 INTERCOM INTERFACE CABLES.....................................................................................58 HEADSET, OVER THE HEAD..........................................................................................................58 HEADSETHANGERS......................................................................................................................58 REMOTE ON/OFF SWITCH FOR AM/FM RADIO............................................................................58 COMPLETE MDT INSTALLATION...................................................................................................58 TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION..................................................................................................59 PORTABLE RADIO CHARGER INSTALLATION..............................................................................59 VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM...........................................................................................................59 VEHICLE CAMERA GUARD............................................................................................................60 ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM....................................................................................60 Solid -State Control System ....................... ....................................................................................60 Circuit Protection and Control Diagram.........................................................................................61 On -Board Electrical System Diagnostics.......................................................................................61 As Proposed 6 of 122 1-19-23

TCUModule with WiFi...................................................................................................................62 Indicator Light and Alarm Prove -Out System.................................................................................62 VoltageMonitor System................................................................................................................62 Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points............................................................................62 EMIIRFIProtection..................................................................................... ..........62
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS.........................................................................................63 TELEMATICS SYSTEM....................................................................................................................63 ELECTRICAL....................................................................................................................................64 BATTERYSYSTEM..........................................................................................................................64 BATTERYSYSTEM..........................................................................................................................65 MASTER BATTERY SWITCH..........................................................................................................65 BATTERY COMPARTMENTS..........................................................................................................65 JUMPERSTUDS..............................................................................................................................65 BATTERYCHARGER......................................................................................................................65 SHORELINE.................................................................................................... .65
SHORELINE TO INVERTER TRANSFER SWITCH.........................................................................66 ALTERNATOR.. ......................................................................................... ...................................... 66 ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER.....................................................................................................66 SEQUENCER...................................................................................................................................67 HEADLIGHTS WITH HALO FLASH..................................................................................................67 DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS....................................................................................................................68 INTERMEDIATE LIGHT................................................................. ................................... ...............68
CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS.........................................................................................68 FRONT CAB SIDE DIRECTIONAUMARKER LIGHTS ............... ...................................................... 68 REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING...................................................................................68 REAR FMVSS LIGHTING.................................................................................................................69 LICENSE PLATE BRACKET............................................................................................................69 LIGHTINGBEZEL............................................................................................................................69 BACK-UP ALARM............................................................................................................................69 CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS..................................................................................................70 PUMP HOUSE PERIMETER LIGHTS..............................................................................................70 BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS...............................................................................................70 ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR PERIMETER LIGHTS.....................................................................70 As Proposed 7 of 122 1-19-23

STEPLIGHTS..................................................................................................................................70 12 VOLT LIGHTING..........................................................................................................................70 12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS..........................................................................................................71 12 VOLT LIGHTING..........................................................................................................................71 12 VOLT LIGHTING..........................................................................................................................71 12 VOLT LIGHTING..........................................................................................................................71 HOSEBED LIGHTS.........................................................................................................................72 WALKING SURFACE LIGHT............................................................................................................72 WATERTANK..................................................................................................................................72 TANKDRAIN....................................................................................................................................73 SLEEVE, PLUMBING, THROUGH TANK.........................................................................................73 HOSEBED.......................................................................................................................................73 HOSEBED DIVIDER........................................................................................................................74 SHELF, HINGED IN HOSE BED.......................................................................................................74 HOSEBED COVER..........................................................................................................................74 HOSEBEDEND FLAP.....................................................................................................................74 RUNNINGBOARDS.........................................................................................................................74 TAILBOARD.....................................................................................................................................75 REAR WALL, SMOOTH ALUMINUM/BODY MATERIAL..................................................................75 REARTOW EYES............................................................................................................................ 75 REARTOW BAR.............................................................................................................................. 75 COMPARTMENTATION...................................................................................................................75 UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM.................................................................................................76 AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE...............................................................................................77 LOUVERS.............................................

TESTINGOF BODY DESIGN...........................................................................................................77 LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION................................................................................................77 RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION..............................................................................................78 SIDE COMPARTMENT ROLLUP DOOR(S).....................................................................................78 REARCOMPARTMENTATION........................................................................................................79 ROLLUP REAR COMPARTMENT DOOR........................................................................................79 SCUFFPLATE..................................................................................................................................80 SCUFFPLATE..................................................................................................................................80 As Proposed 8 of 122 1-19-23

DOORGUARD............................................................... .................................................................. 80 ROLL -UP DOOR TRIM.....................................................................................................................80 COMPARTMENT LIGHTING............................................................................................................80 HATCHCOMPARTMENT.................................................................................................................80 HATCH COMPARTMENT.................................................................................................................81 MOUNTINGTRACKS.......................................................................................................................81 ADJUSTABLE SHELVES.................................................................................................................81 SLIDE -OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY............................................................................................82 DRAWERASSEMBLY......................................................................................................................82 SWINGOUT TOOLBOARD..............................................................................................................82 PARTITION, TRANSVERSE REAR COMPARTMENT.....................................................................83 VERTICAL COMPARTMENT PARTITION........................................................................................83 RUBRAIL............................................................................

BODYFENDER CROWNS...............................................................................................................83 BODYFENDER LINER....................................................................................................................83 HARDSUCTION HOSE...................................................................................................................83 HANDRAILS.....................................................................................................................................84 HANDRAILS.....................................................................................................................................84 HANDRAIL.......................................................................................................................................84 EXTINGUISHER/AIR BOTTLE/ STORAGE (Triangular)...................................................................84 AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP...........................................................................................84 AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Triple)......................................................................................................84 AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP...........................................................................................84 AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Double)....................................................................................................84 AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP...........................................................................................85 AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Single).....................................................................................................85 AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP...........................................................................................85 EXTENSIONLADDER......................................................................................................................85 ROOFLADDER................................................................................................................................85 LADDERSTORAGE.........................................................................................................................85 FOLDINGLADDER... ........................................ .......................................................................... ... 85
BACKBOARDCOMPARTMENT.......................................................................................................85 PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT...........................................................................86 As Proposed 9 of 122 1-19-23

PIKEPOLE STORAGE.....................................................................................................................86 & PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT........................................................................86 PIKEPOLE STORAGE.....................................................................................................................86 STEPS.............................................................................................................................................. 86 REARFOLDING STEPS..................................................................................................................86 SLIDE -OUT PLATFORM..................................................................................................................86 PUMPCOMPARTMENT...................................................................................................................87 PUMPMOUNTING...........................................................................................................................87 LEFT SIDE PUMP CONTROL PANELS...........................................................................................87 IDENTIFICATION TAGS...................................................................................................................87 MIDSHIPFIRE PUMP......................................................................................................................88 PUMPPACKING..............................................................................................................................89 PUMP TRANSMISSION...................................................................................................................89 PUMPINGMODE.............................................................................................................................89 AIRPUMP SHIFT.............................................................................................................................90 TRANSMISSIONLOCK-UP..............................................................................................................90 AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM......................................................................................................90 INTAKE RELIEF VALVE - PUMP......................................................................................................90 RELIEF VALVE WITH INDICATOR LIGHT.......................................................................................90 HALE ESP PRIMING PUMP.............................................................................................................91 GARDEN HOSE DIRECT TANK FILL...............................................................................................91 PAVEMENTCOOLER......................................................................................................................91 RECIRCULATING LINE WITH CHECK VALVE................................................................................91 PUMPDRAIN LOCATION...............................................................................................................91 PUMPMANUALS.............................................................................................................................91 PLUMBING, STAINLESS STEEL AND HOSE..................................................................................91 FOAM SYSTEM PLUMBING............................................................................................................92 MAINPUMP INLETS........................................................................................................................92 SHORT SUCTION TUBE(S).............................................................................................................92 INLET VALVES WITH INTAKE RELIEF VALVE...............................................................................92 MAINPUMP INLET CAP..................................................................................................................92 VALVES............................................................................................................................................ 93 INLETCONTROL.............................................................................................................................93 As Proposed 10 of 122 1-19-23

LEFTSIDE INLET............................................................................................................................93 RIGHTSIDE INLET..........................................................................................................................93 ANODE, INLET.................................................................................................................................93 FRONTINLET..................................................................................................................................93 FRONT INLET CONTROL................................................................................................................93 FRONT INLET INTAKE RELIEF VALVE...........................................................................................94 FRONT INLET PIPING.....................................................................................................................94 FRONTINLET CAP..........................................................................................................................94 INLETBLEEDER VALVE..................................................................................................................94 TANKTO PUMP................................................................................... ........................................... .94
TANKREFILL...................................................................................................................................94 DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS.................................................................................................95 LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS................................................................................................95 LEFT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS.........................................................................................................95 RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS..............................................................................................95 RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS......................................................................................................95 ADDITIONAL RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS................................................................................95 FRONTDISCHARGE OUTLET........................................................................................................96 REAR DISCHARGE OUTLET...........................................................................................................96 REAROUTLET ELBOWS.................................................................................................................96 DISCHARGE CAPS/ INLET PLUGS.................................................................................................96 OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE..............................................................................................................96 DISCHARGE DRAIN VALVES..........................................................................................................97 DELUGERISER...............................................................................................................................97 TELESCOPICPIPING......................................................................................................................97 MONITOR.........................................................................................................................................97 CROSSLAYHOSE BEDS.................................................................................................................97 DEADLAYHOSE BEDS...................................................................................................................98 CROSSLAY/DEADLAY HOSE RESTRAINT.....................................................................................98 CROSSLAYCOVER.........................................................................................................................98 CROSSLAY 8.00" LOWER THAN STANDARD................................................................................98 CROSSLAYSCUFFPLATE..............................................................................................................98 BOOSTERHOSE REEL...................................................................................................................98 As Proposed 11 of 122 1-19-23

HOSEREELACCESS.......................................................................................................................99 PRESSUREGAUGE........................................................................................................................99 FOAM CONCENTRATE PROPORTIONING SYSTEM.....................................................................99 FOAMTANK...................................................................................................................................100 FOAM TANK DRAIN.......................................................................................................................100 PUMP OPERATOR'S PANEL DRAWING.......................................................................................100 REMAINING PUMP PANEL(S).......................................................................................................100 COLOR CODED TAGS..................................................................................................................100 SPECIAL TEXTNERBIAGE TAGS.................................................................................................101 PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION..................................................................................................101 PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL..........................................................................................................101 PUMPACCESS..............................................................................................................................101 RightSide Panel..........................................................................................................................101 PanelFastener............................................................................................................................101 PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT.....................................................................................................101 ENGINETHROTTLE......................................................................................................................102 THROTTLE READY GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT..........................................................................102 OK TO PUMP INDICATOR LIGHT.................................................................................I...............102 SPEAKER ON I OFF SWITCH........................................................................................................102 VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES...........................................................................................102 PRESSUREGAUGES....................................................................................................................102 WATER LEVEL GAUGE.................................................................................................................103 FOAMLEVEL GAUGE...................................................................................................................103 LIGHTSHIELD...............................................................................................................................103 ADDITIONAL STEP/LIGHT SHIELD...............................................................................................104 AIRHORN SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................104 AirHorn Location.........................................................................................................................104 AirHorn Control...........................................................................................................................104 ELECTRONICSIREN.....................................................................................................................104 ELECTRONIC SIREN CONTROL...................................................................................................105 SPEAKER...................................................................................................... ............................... ..105
AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN.................................................................................................105 MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL..................................................................................................106 As Proposed 12 of 122 1-19-23

FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS...................................................................................106 FRONTZONE LOWER LIGHTS.....................................................................................................107 HEADLIGHT FLASHER..................................................................................................................107 SIDEZONE LOWER LIGHTING.....................................................................................................107 SIDEWARNING LIGHTS...............................................................................................................108 REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING...................................................................................................108 WARNING LIGHTS (Rear and Side upper zones)..........................................................................108 REAR UPPER ZONE BLOCKING LIGHTS.....................................................................................108 TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT.........................................................................................................109 INVERTER.....................................................................................................................................109 INVERTER/BATTERY CHARGER LOCATION...............................................................................109 REVIEW REQUIRED, INVERTER..................................................................................................109 120 VOLT RECEPTACLE...............................................................................................................110 120 VOLT RECEPTACLE...............................................................................................................110 120 VOLT RECEPTACLE...............................................................................................................110 LOOSEEQUIPMENT.....................................................................................................................111 NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT ............................111 SOFT SUCTION HOSE..................................................................................................................112 DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT......................................112 WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT....................................................112 FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT.................................................................112 PICKHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT..................................................................112 PAINTPROCESS...........................................................................................................................113 EnvironmentalImpact..................................................................................................................114 CABPAINT.....................................................................................................................................114 BODYPAINT..................................................................................................................................114 PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY...........................................................................................114 AXLEHUB PAINT..........................................................................................................................115 COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT..............................................................................................115 REFLECTIVEBAND.......................................................................................................................115 REAR CHEVRON STRIPING.........................................................................................................115 INVERTED "V" CHEVRON STRIPING ON CAB AND CREW CAB DOORS...................................115 LETTERING....................................................................................................................................116 As Proposed 13 of 122 1-19-23

LETTERING........................ ................................................................ ............ ................................ 116 LETTERING....................................................................................................................................116 LETTERING....................................................................................................................................116 LETTERING....................................................................................................................................116 SIGN KIT FOR LETTERING/NUMERALS......................................................................................116 EMBLEM........................................................................................................................................116 CAB GRILLE DESIGN....................................................................................................................116 FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUAL............................................................................................116 Service Parts Internet Site...........................................................................................................117 CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS.....................................................................................................117 CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL..................................................................................................117 ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP.........................................................................117 ENGINEWARRANTY.....................................................................................................................117 STEERING GEAR WARRANTY.....................................................................................................117 FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY...............................................................................117 FRONT AXLE FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY ............................118 SINGLE REAR AXLE FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY.................118 ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY ...... ..... 118
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY..................................................................................118 TEN (10) YEAR PRO -RATED PAINT AND CORROSION..............................................................118 FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP.........................................................................118 CAMERASYSTEM WARRANTY....................................................................................................118 COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY...........................................................................................113 TRANSMISSION WARRANTY.....................................................................118 ................................ .

TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY.......................................................................................118 WATERTANK WARRANTY...........................................................................................................118 TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY..................................................................................118 ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY................................................119 PUMPWARRANTY........................................................................................................................119 TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY...........................................................................119 TEN (10) YEAR PRO -RATED PAINT AND CORROSION..............................................................119 THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP....................................................................119 VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION..........................................................................................119 As Proposes! 14 of 122 1-19-23

ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION....................................................................................119 POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION...........................................................................................119 CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION.....................................................................................I..........119 SideImpact.................................................................................................................................120 FrontalImpact........................................................................................................ .120
AdditionalFrontal Impact.............................................................................................................120 RoofCrush....................................................................................................... .......................120 AdditionalRoof Crush.................................................................................................................120 CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION...................................................................................120 WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION...................................................................120 ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION....................................................................120 SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH................................................................................................121 SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH......................................................................................................121 PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS.............................................................................................121 CabAir Conditioning................................................................................ .......................121 CabDefroster..............................................................................................................................121 Cab Auxiliary Heater.................................................................. ....................................... ..........121
AMPDRAW REPORT..................... ............................................................................................... 121
As Proposed 15 of 122 1-19-23

South Coast Fire Equipment is pleased to submit a proposal to Downey Fire Department for a Pierce® triple combination pumper per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed. This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications.

PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in 1913. Since then we have been building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than 62,500 apparatus, including more than 33,900 on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 105 acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has 300,000 square feet of floor space situated on approximately 38 acres of land.

Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market.

Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification.

In accordance with the current edition of NFPA 1901 standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment.

Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment.

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system.

QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D1.2-2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B2.1-2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000 and is performed to American Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Furthermore, all employees classified as welders are tested As Proposed 16 of 122 1-19-23

and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality.

Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001.

These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal.

In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to insure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand. That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.

To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least fifteen (15) fire departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided.

DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered.

MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle.

SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39-minute, professionally produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre - trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance.

PERFORMANCE TESTS
A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than ten (10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle. The apparatus will meet NFPA 1901 acceleration and braking requirements.

SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT
Pierce dealership support will be provided by South Coast Emergency Vehicle Service by operating in conjunction with a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory -trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within fifty (50) miles of the fire department.

As Proposed 17 of 122 1-19-23

In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000 square feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000 in parts dedicated to service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts.

Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.corn which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes.

As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operators manual library is available for easy reference.

Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel, dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a 24 hour 7 day a week toll free hot line, four (4) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year.

LIABILITY
The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance:

Each Occurrence$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate$1,000,000
Personal and Advertising Injury$1,000,000
General Aggregate$2,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract.

As Proposed 18 of 122 1-19-23

COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form:

Each Accident Combined Single Limit:$1,000,000

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Aggregate: $3,000,000
Each Occurrence:$3,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER

PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance:

Each Occurrence$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate$1,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer.

As Proposed 19 of 122 1-19-23

UMBRELLNEXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Each Occurrence: $25, 000, 000
Agg reg ate: $25, 000, 000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder.

SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pumphouse (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) and body will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality.

Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin.

NFPA 2016 STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2016, except for fire department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions.

Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus.

All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than 48.00" above the ground must be defined by a 1.00" wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are As Proposed 20 of 122 1-19-23

shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack.

A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.

The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications.

An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results.

NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA".

PUMP TEST
Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the pump. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the pump manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department.

GENERATOR TEST
If the unit has a generator, Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the generator.

The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery.

BREATHING AIR TEST
If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and have the sample certified that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989, Standard on Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection.

VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION
To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA 1901 standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third -party, independent, audit -certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus.

A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit.

BID BOND NOT REQUESTED
A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply:

All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5% bid bond to accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S. Treasury As Proposed 21 of 122 1-19-23

Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract.

Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail.

PERFORMANCE BOND NOT REQUESTED
A performance bond will not be included. If requested at a later date, one will be provided to you for an additional cost and the following will apply:

The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required.

Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Bumper to Bumper warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to 25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed three (3) years from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Bumper to Bumper warranty period, whichever is shorter.

Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible.

APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc.

As Proposed 22 of 122 1-19-23

A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing.

DRAWING COMPARTMENT LAYOUT
A basic drawing will be provided for the interior body compartments. This drawing will be provided for graphic representation only and will include such things as shelves, trays, reels, dividers, air control panels, air bottle storage bins, poly boxes & etc.

ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Three (3) compact discs containing "As -Built" electrical wiring diagrams specifically prepared for the chassis and body will be provided. The diagrams will consist of information pertaining to the 12 VDC systems only. Two (2) CDs will be shipped with the loose equipment with each truck. One (1) CD will be included with the job folder at apparatus builders facility for future reference.

Each CD will include the following capabilities:
• The capability of viewing each separate diagram.
• The capability of zooming in on any section of each separate diagram. • The capability of printing each separate diagram.
• The capability of printing each zoomed in area of each separate diagram.

Each CD will include the following items:
• Title page, identifying the job number and chassis model. • Table of contents.
• Truck specific electrical compartment and instrument layouts for the chassis. • Truck specific electrical compartment layouts for the body. • Applicable drawings from the appropriate standard wiring diagrams. • All truck specific wiring diagrams (special drawings). • Harness drawings for all wiring harnesses used on the chassis. • Harness drawings for all wiring harnesses used on the body. • All truck input and output programming sheets (multiplexed trucks only).

There will be one (1) hard copy of these diagrams required for this unit.

ENFORCER CHASSIS
The Pierce Enforcer TM is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt -type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab.

WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be [Wheelbase].

GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be [GVW rating].

As Proposed 23 of 122 1-19-23

FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in -lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in -lb over the rear axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat -treated 0.38" thick steel with 3.50" wide flanges.

FRONT AXLE
The front axle will be a reverse "I" beam type with inclined king pins. It will be a MeritorTm axle, Model FL-943, with a rated capacity of 18,000 lb.

FRONT SUSPENSION
The front springs will be a Standens, three (3)-leaf, taper leaf design, 54.00" long x 4.00" wide, with a ground rating of 18,000 lb.

The two (2) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin. The top leaf will also wrap the rear spring hanger pin. Both the front and rear eyes will be Berlin style wraps that will place the eyes in the horizontal plane within the main leaf. This will reduce bending stress from acceleration and braking.

A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication.

SHOCK ABSORBERS
Koni®, adjustable heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers will be provided on the front axle.

FRONT OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle.

FRONT TIRES
Front tires will be Michelin 425/65R22.50 radials, 20 ply all -position XZY3 wide base tread, rated for 22,800 lb maximum axle load and 65 mph maximum speed.

The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc type wheels with a ten (10)stud, 11.25" bolt circle.

REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a Meritor TM, Model RS-24-160, with a capacity of 24,000 lb.

TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 68 mph.

REAR SUSPENSION
The rear suspension will be Standens, semi -elliptical, 3.00" wide x 53.00" long, 12-leaf pack with a ground rating of 24,000 lb. The spring hangers will be castings.

As Proposed 24 of 122 1-19-23

The two (2) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin, and the rear of the spring will be a slipper style end that will ride in a rear slipper hanger. To reduce bending stress due to acceleration and braking, the front eye will be a berlin eye that will place the front spring pin in the horizontal plane within the main leaf.

A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication.

REAR OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s).

REAR TIRES
Rear tires will be four (4) Michelin 12R22.50 radials, 16 ply all season XDN2 tread, rated for 27,120 lb maximum axle load and 75 mph maximum speed.

The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 8.25" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud

11.25" bolt circle.

TIRE BALANCE
All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights.

TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT
There will be a RealWheels LED AirSecure-rm tire alert pressure management system provided, that will monitor each tire's pressure. A sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of six (6) tires.

The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between 10 and 200 psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops 5 to 8 psi.

Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start to flash.

FRONT HUB COVERS
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided.

REAR HUB COVERS
A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers will be provided on rear axle hubs.

CHROME LUG NUT COVERS
Chrome lug nut covers will be supplied on front and rear wheels.

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels.

As Proposed 25 of 122 1-19-23

WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be one (1) pair of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc wheel blocks, with easy -grip handle provided.

Wheel Chock Brackets
There will be one (1) pair of Zico, Model SQCH-44-H, horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be made of aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The brackets will be mounted forward of the left side rear tire below compartment LS3.

ANTI -LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Meritor WABCO 4S4M, anti -lock braking system. The ABS will provide a 4-channel anti -lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled - system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti -lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti -lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control.

BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type by Meritor TM.

Front brakes will be Model EX225 Disc Pius, disc type with automatic pad wear adjustment and 17.00" ventilated rotors for improved stopping distance.

The rear brakes will be MeritorTM, Disc Plus, Model EX225, disc operated with automatic slack adjusters and a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance.

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR
The air compressor will be a Cummins/WABCO with 25.9 cubic feet per minute output.

BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:
• Brake treadle valve
• Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
• Total air system minimum capacity of 4,272 cubic inches • Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi
• Spring set parking brake system
• Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve • A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel • Park brake relay/inversion and anti -compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi • A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (550 kPa) As Proposed 26 of 122 1-19-23

• 114 turn drain valves on each air tank
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test.

To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets.

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER
The air dryer will be WABCO System Saver 1200 with spin -on coalescing filter cartridge and 100 watt heater.

BRAKE LINES
Color -coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat.

AIR INLET/OUTLET
One (1) air inlet/outlet will be installed with the female coupling located in the driver side lower step well of cab. This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include a check valve in the inlet line and an 85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line. The air outlet will be controlled by a needle valve.

A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment The air inlet will allow a shoreline air hose to be connected to the vehicle. This will allow station air to be supplied to the brake system of the vehicle to insure constant air pressure.

RECESSED BOX FOR AIR FITTING
One (1) air inlet will have an smooth aluminum recessed box provided. The box will allow the air fitting(s) to be recessed inside the stepwell within the same box as the cab lift receptacle to prevent damage. in the driver side stepwell.

A flush treadplate door with lift and turn latch will be provided over the opening.

COMPRESSION FITTINGS ONLY
Any nylon tube on the apparatus that is pneumatic will be plumbed with compression type fittings where applicable. Push lock fittings will not be acceptable for any pneumatic nylon tube plumbing.

ENGINE
The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below:

Make: Cummins
Model: X12
Power: 500 hp at 1900 rpm
Torque: 1700 lb-ft at 1000 rpm
Governed 2000 rpm
Speed:

Emissions Level: EPA 2024
Fuel Diesel
Cylinders. Six (6)
As Proposed 27 of 122 1-19-23

Displacement: 729 cubic inches (11.9L)
Starter. Delco 39MTTM
Fuel Filters: Spin -on style primary filter with water separator and water -in -fuel sensor.

Secondary spin -on style filter.

The engine will include On -board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected.

HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation.

The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle."

ENGINE BRAKE
A Jacobs® engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver.

The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low setting.

The engine brake will activate when the system is on and the throttle is released.

The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine.

The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated.

The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required.

CLUTCH FAN
A fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and constantly engaged when in "Pump" position.

ENGINE SHUTDOWN
An emergency engine shutdown, by means of incorporating a flapper over the engine air intake, will be provided with a pneumatic push-pull control inside the cab. Pushing the control will activate the shutdown.

Pulling the control will reset the emergency shutdown, without having to tilt the cab.

As Proposed 28 of 122 1-19-23

A protective guard will be supplied to avoid accidental activation.

ENGINE AIR INTAKE
The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille.

The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculating hot air from entering the engine.

The ember separator will be easily accessible by tilting the cab.

EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will include a Single ModuleTm aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the inlet of the aftertreatment device, and will be 5.00" in diameter. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipes between the turbo and aftertreatment device to minimize the heat loss to the aftertreatment device. The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels. A tailpipe diffuser will be provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser.

EXHAUST MODIFICATION
The exhaust pipe will be brought out from under the body at a 90 degree angle from the truck. The tail pipe will terminate flush with the body rubrail, adaptable for the Plymovent system. The diameter of the diffuser will be 7.00". There will be a clearance of 4.00" completely around the pipe once past the side of the body. A stop will be provided on the tail pipe that will prevent the nozzle from sliding too far on.

RADIATOR
The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards.

For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes.

The radiator core will have a minimum front area of 1060 square inches.

Supply tank will be made of heavy duty glass -reinforced nylon and the return tank will be mode of aluminum. Both tanks will be crimped onto the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. There will be a full steel frame around the inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability.

The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.

The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain.

The radiator will include a de-aerationlexpans ion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap.

As Proposed 29 of 122 1-19-23

A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.

Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator.

COOLANT LINES
Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by Pierce Manufacturing.

Hose clamps will be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will expand and contract according to coolant system temperature thereby keeping a constant clamping pressure on the hose.

FUEL TANK
A 65 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at rear of chassis. The tank will be constructed of 12-gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps.

A .75" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the left hand and right hand sides of the body and be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." A .50" diameter vent will be provided running from top of tank to just below fuel fill inlets.

The tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume.

Servicing the fuel tank pick-up tubes and fuel gauge sending unit will be capable of being accomplished by draining fuel and dropping tank.

All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer.

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK
A 4.5 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body rearward of the rear axle. The door will be a common hinged, spring loaded, painted, stainless steel door on the driver side of the vehicle.

A 0.50" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be provided and marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only". The fill inlet will be located adjacent to the engine fuel inlet behind a common hinged, spring loaded, painted, stainless steel door on the driver side of the vehicle.

The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing.

The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing.

As Proposed 30 of 122 1-19-23

FUEL PRIMING PUMP
A Cummins automatic electronic fuel priming pump will be integrated as part of the engine.

FUEL SHUTOFF
A shutoff valve will be installed in the fuel line, at the fuel tank.

FUEL SEPARATOR
The engine will be equipped with a Racor in -line spin -on fuel and water separator in addition to the engine fuel filters.

TRANSMISSION
An Allison 6th generation, Model EVS 4000P, electronic, torque converting, automatic transmission will be provided.

The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health.

A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due.

Two (2) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and 1 o'clock).

A transmission temperature gauge with an amber light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel.

TRANSMISSION SHIFTER
A six (6)-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation.

The transmission ratio will be:
1st

3.51 to 1.00
2nd

1.91 to 1.00
3rd

1.43 to 1.00
4th

1.00 to 1.00
5th

0.75 to 1.00
6th

0.64 to 1.00
R

4.80 to 1.00

TRANSMISSION COOLER
A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature.

DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810 universal joints.

The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.

As Proposed 31 of 122 1-19-23

A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent.

DRIVELINE SAFETY LOOPS]
There will be one (1) driveline safety loop(s) provided to help retain the drive shaft in the event of a drive shaft or cardan joint failure.

STEERING
Steering gear will be provided with integral heavy-duty power steering. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and Vickers® V20NF hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings.

A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations.

STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 4-spoke design.

LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH
The dash panel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row.

The first row of text will be: Downey
The second row of text will be: Fire
The third row of text will be: Dept.

BUMPER
A one (1) piece, ten (10) gauge, 304-2B type polished stainless steel bumper, minimum of 10.00" high, will be attached to a bolted modular extension frame constructed of 50,000 psi tensile steel "C" channel mounted directly behind it to provide adequate support strength.

The bumper will be extended 13.00" from front face of cab.

Gravel Pan
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and cab face. The gravel pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration of the aluminum treadplate.

CENTER HOSE TRAY
A hose tray, constructed of aluminum, will be placed in the center of the bumper extension.

The tray will have a capacity of 50' of 1.75" double jacket cotton -polyester hose.

Black rubber grating will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes are also provided.

As Proposed 32 of 122 1-19-23

Center Tray Cover
A bright aluminum treadplate cover will be provided over the center tray.

The cover will be attached with a stainless steel hinge.

The drop down bumper will secure the cover in the closed position and a mechanical stay arm will hold the cover in the open position.

TOW HOOKS
Two (2) chromed steel tow hooks will be installed under the bumper and attached to the front frame members. The tow hooks will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 6,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow hooks will not be used for lifting of the apparatus.

HINGED CENTER SECTION
The center section of the bumper will be hinged at the bottom. One (1) D-Ring latch will hold the section in the closed position.

CAB
The Enforcer cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and manufactured by the chassis builder.

The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises.

For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be a heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards.

The cab will have 12 main vertical structural members located in the A -pillar (front cab corner posts), B- pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts), and rear wall areas. The A -pillar will be constructed of solid A356-T5 aluminum castings. The B-pillar and C-pillar will be constructed from

0.13" wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two (2) 2.00" x 2.00" outer aluminum extrusions and two (2) 2.00" x 1.00" inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members will run from the floor to 4.625" x 3.864" x 0.090" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage -like structure with the A -pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a 0.25" thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly.

The front of the cab will be constructed of a 0.13" firewall plate, covered with a 0.090" front skin (for a total thickness of 0.22"), and reinforced with a full width x 0.50" thick cross -cab support located just below the windshield and fully welded to the engine tunnel. The cross -cab support will run the full width of the cab and weld to each A -pillar, the 0.13" firewall plate, and the front skin, The cab floors will be constructed of 0.125" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall with an additional 0.25" thick cross -floor support providing a total thickness of 0.375" of structural material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with two (2) triangular 0.30" wall extrusions that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the floor wireway of the cab to the engine tunnel side plates, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab.

As Proposed 33 of 122 1-19-23

The cab will be 96.00" wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability.

The forward cab section will have an overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately

99.00". The crew cab section will have a 10.00" raised roof, with an overall cab height of approximately 109.00". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight rating, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed.

The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be 64.50" in the center and outboard positions.

The crew cab floor will measure 46.00" from the rear wall to the back side of the rear facing seat risers.

The medium block engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure 61.50" to the rear wall. The big block engine tunnel will measure 51.50" to the rear wall.

The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.

The cab will be a full tilt cab style.

A 3-point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab.

CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab.

The drip rail will be painted to match the cab roof, and bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof.

INTERIOR CAB INSULATION
The cab will include 1.00" insulation in the ceiling, 1.50" insulation in the side walls, and 2.00" insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation.

FENDER LINERS
Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.

PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one (1)-piece safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,775 square inches of clear viewing area. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (3) layers: outer light, middle safety laminate, and inner light. The outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.

As Proposed 34 of 122 1-19-23

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three (3) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements.

The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab.

ENGINE TUNNEL
Engine hood side walls will be constructed of 0.375" aluminum. The top will be constructed of 0.125" aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room.

The engine hood will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current NFPA 1901 standards.

The engine tunnel will be no higher than 17.00" off the crew cab floor.

INTERIOR CREW CAB REAR WALL ADJUSTABLE SEATING (PATENT PENDING) The interior rear wall of the crew cab will have mounting holes every 2.75" to allow for adjustability of the forward facing crew cab seating along the rear wall. Seats will be adjustable with use of simple hand tools allowing departments flexibility of their seating arrangement should their department needs change.

CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered.

CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves.

Hydraulic pump will have a manual override for backup in the event of electrical failure.

Lift controls will be located recessed in the driver side stepwell.

The cab will be capable of tilting 43 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal.

The cab will be locked down by a 2-point normally closed spring loaded hook type latch that fully engages after the cab has been lowered. The system will be hydraulically actuated to release the normally closed locks when the cab lift control is in the raised position and cab lift system is under pressure. When the cab is completely lowered and system pressure has been relieved, the spring loaded latch mechanisms will return to the normally closed and locked position.

The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position.

For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the left side between the chassis and cab frame when the cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered.

As Proposed 35 of 122 1-19-23

Cab Lift interlock
The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled.

GRILLE
A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab.

DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES
All cab door jambs will be furnished with a 1.00" polished stainless steel scuffplate, mounted on the striker side of the jamb.

SIDE OF CAB MOLDING
Chrome molding will be provided on both sides of cab.

MIRRORS
Ramco, Model 6001CCR, polished aluminum 9.25" wide x 13.50" high mirrors, with a convex section, will be mounted on each side of the front cab corner.

The flat glass in each mirror will be adjustable with remote controls that are convenient to the driver.

The convex section in each mirror will be adjusted manually.

DOORS
To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab doors will be a minimum of 37.50" wide x

75.50" high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of 34.30" wide x 85.50" high.

The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of 0.093". The exterior door skins will be constructed from 0.090" aluminum.

A customized, vertical, pull -down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door.

The finish of the door handle will be chrome/black. The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model 751. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed.

As Proposed 36 of 122 1-19-23

A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano -type hinge with a 0.38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive -type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather -tight fit.

A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry.

A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted.

The cab steps at each cab door location will be located inside the cab doors to protect the steps from weather elements.

Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel.

ELECTRIC OPERATED CAB DOOR WINDOWS
All four (4) cab doors will be equipped with electric operated windows with one (1) flush mounted automotive style switch on each door. The drivers door will have four (4) switches, one (1) to control each door window.

Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second.

CAB STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt -in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 25.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 21.65" wide with a 10.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 16.50" in height.

The vertical surfaces of the step well will be aluminum treadplate.

CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A 1.25" diameter slip -resistant, knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress.

STEP LIGHTS
There will be six (6) white LED step lights with chrome housing installed for cab and crew cab access steps.
• One (1) light for the left access steps.
• Two (2) lights for the left side crew cab access steps. • Two (2) lights for the right side crew cab access steps. • One (1) light for the right side access step.

As Proposed 37 of 122 1-19-23

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened.

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings.

CREW CAB WINDOWS
One (1) fixed window with tinted glass will be provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the front cab door. The windows will be sized to enhance light penetration into the cab interior. The windows will measure 18.70" wide x 23.75" high.

RIGHT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the right side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray.

LEFT SIDE UPPER CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The upper window in the left side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray.

BEHIND LEFT SIDE CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The window behind the left side front cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray.

LEFT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the left side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray.

RIGHT SIDE UPPER CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The upper window in the right side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray.

BEHIND RIGHT SIDE CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The window behind the right side front cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray.

STORAGE COMPARTMENT
Provided on the right side of the cab, to the rear of the crew cab access door, will be a storage compartment. The compartment will be approximately 12.75" wide x 24.00" high x 15.00" deep.

There will be one (1) double pan door painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with #751 key. A cable will be used as a doorstop. The clear door opening will be 10.50" wide x 22.50" high.

The compartment interior will be painted spatter gray.

Compartment Light
There will be two (2) white LED strip lights provided, one (1) each side of the compartment door opening.

As Proposed 38 of 122 1-19-23

GLOVE BOX
A glove box with a drop -down door will be installed above the recessed area of the dash panel in front of the officer's position. The glove box will be 31.00" wide at the top and 24.75" at the bottom x 5.50" high x 6.25" deep. The clear door opening will be 14.25" wide x 3.95" high.

CAB DASH
The driver side dash, switch panel located to the right of the driver, and center console will be constructed of aluminum and painted black.

The officer side dash will be a flat top design with an upper beveled edge to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

The instrument gauge cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument gauge cluster.

MOUNTING PLATE ON ENGINE TUNNEL
Equipment installation provisions will be installed on the engine tunnel.

A .25" smooth aluminum plate will be bolted to the top surface of the engine tunnel. The plate will follow the contour of the engine tunnel and will run the entire length of the engine tunnel. The plate will be spaced off the engine tunnel .50" to allow for wire routing below the plate.

The mounting surface will be painted to match the cab interior.

CAB INTERIOR
The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service.

The engine tunnel will be padded and covered, on the top and sides, with black 36 ounce leather grain vinyl resistant to oil, grease, and mildew.

For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear wall will be painted aluminum.

The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be vinyl. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on an aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling.

The forward portion of the cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or other maintenance needs.

All wiring will be placed in metal raceways.

CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be 36 oz black vinyl.

CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The cab interior metal surfaces, excluding the rear heater panels, will be painted black, vinyl texture paint.

As Proposed 39 of 122 1-19-23

The rear heater panels will be painted black, vinyl textured paint

CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with PolydampTM acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupier.

The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a 0.25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels.

DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area.

Cab Defroster
A 54,000 BTU heater -defroster unit with 690 SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The heater -defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following:
• One (1) adjustable will be directed towards the left side cab window • One (1) adjustable will be directed towards the right side cab window • Six (6) fixed outlets will be directed at the windshield The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 hours, and a 2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield. The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J382 requirements.

CablCrew Auxiliary Heater
There will be one (1) 31,000 BTU auxiliary heater with 560 SCFM of air flow provided in each outboard rear facing seat risers with a dual scroll blower. An aluminum plenum incorporated into the cab structure used to transfer heat to the forward positions.

Air Conditioning
A condenser will be a 59,644 BTU output that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be mounted on the radiator.

The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 75 degrees Fahrenheit at 50 percent relative humidity within 30 minutes. The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 4 hours.

The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel. The evaporator will include one (1) high performance heating core, one (1) high performance cooling core with (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the cab. The rear plenum will be covered with a metal cover painted to match the cab interior.

As Proposed 40 of 122 1-19-23

The evaporator unit will have a 52,000 BTU at 690 SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:
• Four (4) will be directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab • Four (4) will be directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the rear plenum cover per the following:
• Minimum of five (5) will be directed towards crew cab area A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be secured with four (4) screws.

The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-134A and will be installed by a certified technician.

Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (3) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and air flow distribution (front to rear) control.

The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature.

The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.

Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to 100 percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.

The system controller will be located within panel position #12.

Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (2) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (2) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan. No pumps will be provided.

SUN VISORS
Two (2) smoked LexanTM sun visors will be provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab.

There will be no retention bracket provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed position.

GRAB HANDLES
A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officers side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handles will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield.

As Proposed 41 of 122 1-19-23

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen, Model 3SCOCDCR, 12 volt DC, 3.00" white LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination.

These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised.

ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface.

The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling.

The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush lift and turn latch will be provided on the access door.

MAP BOX
A map box with six (6) bins, open from top, will be installed between driver and officer. The map box will be divided into six (6) bins, each being 11.88" wide x 4.00" deep x 8.00" high. The map box will be constructed of .125" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior.

SEATING CAPACITY
The seating capacity in the cab will be six (6).

DRIVER SEAT
A USSC Valor air suspension R-back seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have a reclining back, adjustable from 15 degrees back to 45 degrees forward.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt.

There will be no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers shipped loose with the seat.

OFFICER SEAT
A USSC, P1A air suspension seat will be provided in the cab for the officer. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the height (3.00" travel) and horizontal position (4.25" travel). The seat will have a reclining, R-back style seat back.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt.

There will be no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers shipped loose with the seat.

REAR FACING LEFT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the left side outboard position.

The cabinet will be 23.00" wide x 34.00" high x 26.75" deep with one (1) Gortite rollup door with satin anodized finish, locking with #751 key. The door will be a radius track style. That is, it will travel over As Proposed 42 of 122 1-19-23

the top and down the back of the cabinet. Front top corners of the cabinet will be radiused. This will allow access through the front and top section of the cabinet. A shield will be installed to keep items in this cabinet from falling into the door tracking area and jamming the door. The frame to frame opening will be 20.50" wide x 33.75" high. The minimum clear door opening of the cabinet will be 17.75" wide x

31.25" high.

The cabinet will include two (2) infinitely adjustable shelves with a 0.75" up -turned lippainted to match the cab interior.

The cabinet will include no louvers.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the right side of the interior cabinet door opening.

The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch.

REAR FACING RIGHT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the right side outboard position.

The cabinet will be 22.00" wide x 34.00" high x 26.75" deep with one (1) Gortite rollup door with satin anodized finish, locking with #751 key, radius track style. That is, it will travel over the top and down the back of the cabinet. Front top corners of the cabinet will be radiused. This will allow access through the front and top section of the cabinet. A shield will be installed to keep items in this cabinet from falling into the door tracking area and jamming the door. The frame to frame opening will be

19.50" wide x 33.75" high. The minimum clear door opening of the cabinet will be 16.75" wide x 31.25" high.

The cabinet will include two (2) infinitely adjustable shelves with a 0.75" up -turned lippainted to match the cab interior.

The cabinet will include no louvers.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior. _Cabinet Linht
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the right side of the interior cabinet door opening.

The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch.

FORWARD FACING DRIVER SiDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) forward facing, USSC Valor foldup high back seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep cushion and an adjustable recline back. To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with a sensor in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating the seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt.

As Proposed 43 of 122 1-19-23

There will be no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers shipped loose with the seat.

FORWARD FACING CENTER SEATS
There will be two (2) forward facing, USSC Valor seats provided at the center position in the crew cab.

For optimal comfort, the seats will be provided with a 15.00" deep foam cushion.

The seat back will be an SCBA style with 95 degree back. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 0.75" increments to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re -bolting it in the desired location.

The seats will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt.

FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) forward facing, USSC, foldup high back seat provided in the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will be a R-back style with an adjustable recline angle. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep cushion. To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with a sensor in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating the seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt.

There will be no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers shipped loose with the seat.

REAR FACING OVERHEAD STORAGE COMPARTMENT
There will be two (2) overhead rear facing storage compartments installed at the raised roof within the crew cab, on each side of the air conditioner. The compartments will be approximately 21.00" wide x

10.00" high x 34.00" deep at the bottom.

Each compartment will include one (1) lift up compartment door. Locking latch, paddle handle, and gas operated stay arms will be provided.

The compartment will be constructed of'smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Compartment Light
The storage compartment lighting will consist of one (1) white LED strip light installed horizontally above each compartment door opening.

SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be leather grain black vinyl resistant to oil, grease and mildew. The cab will have six (6) seating positions.

AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS
All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a "Hands -Free" auto clamp style bracket in its backrest. For efficiency and convenience, the bracket will include an automatic spring clamp that allows the occupant to store the SCBA bottle by simply pushing it into the seat back. For protection of all occupants in the cab, in the event of an accident, the inertial components within the clamp will constrain the SCBA bottle in the seat and will exceed the NFPA standard of 9G.

As Proposed 44 of 122 1-19-23

There will be a quantity of two (2) SCBA brackets.

FOOT REST ANGLE
A knurled handrail type will be provided for the officers position. The handrail will be mounted to the engine housing with a flat stanchion and a U shaped bracket. The handrail will extend the width of the officers seat area. The foot rest will be positioned approximately 3.50" from the forward wall.

SEAT BELTS
All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red seat belts. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of NFPA 1901 and CAN/ULC - S515 standards.

The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position.

The 3-point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location.

Any flip up seats will include a 3-point shoulder type belts only.

To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.

HELMET BRACKET
There will be two (2) helmet bracket(s) provided in the cab. Each bracket is capable of storing two (2) Phenix First Due Series 1500 style helmets. The base dimensions will be 13.00" x 22.00". The bracket(s) will be painted black and located to be placed at final.

CAB DOME LIGHTS
There will be four (4) dual LED dome lights with black bezels provided. Two (2) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two (2) lights will be installed and located, one (1) on each side of the crew cab.

The color of the LED's will be red and white.

The white LED's will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch.

The color LED's will be controlled by the lens switch.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each white LED dome light will provide a minimum of 10.1 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 20.00" x 20.00" square seating position when mounted 40.00" above the seat.

As Proposed 45 of 122 1-19-23

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR CAB AND CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS
The cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for 10 seconds for improved visibility after the doors are closed.

The dome lights will dim after 10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's transmission is put into gear.

ADDITIONAL OVERHEAD MAP LIGHT
There will be two (2) additional rectangular based adjustable map light(s) with white LEDs installed in the cab and located in the overhead switch panel.

Each light will include a switch on the light housing.

The light switch(es) will be connected directly to the battery power.

HAND HELD SPOTLIGHT
There will be four (4) Pelican Products, Model 9410L LED, 12v DC rechargeable fights mounted to be determined.

The color will be yellow.

Each charger will be hard wired to the 12 VDC system.

CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel include gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership.

Gauaes
The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) black faced gauges with black bezels to monitor vehicle performance:
• Voltmeter gauge (volts):
o Low volts (11.8 VDC)
• Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm ■ Amber caution light on gauge assembly
o High volts (15.5 VDC)
• Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm ■ Amber caution light on gauge assembly
o Very low volts (11.3 VDC)
■ Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm • Amber caution light on gauge assembly
o Very high volts (16.0 VDC)
■ Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm As Proposed 46 of 122 1-19-23

• Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Tachometer (RPM)
Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KMIH (Minor Scale)
Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):
o Low fuel (1/8 full)
■ Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm ■ Amber caution light on gauge assembly
o Very low fuel (1/32 full)
■ Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm ■ Amber caution light on gauge assembly
• Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI):
o Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms • Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm • Amber caution light on gauge assembly
• Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):
o Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm • Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm ■ Amber caution light on gauge assembly
• Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI).
o Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm • Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm • Amber caution light on gauge assembly
• Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):
o High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm ■ Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm • Amber caution light on gauge assembly
• Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):
o High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms ■ Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm • Amber caution light on gauge assembly
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):
o Low fluid (1/8 full)
■ Amber indicator light in gauge dial
All gauges will perform prove out at initial power -up to ensure proper performance.

Indicator Lamps
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead -front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.

The following amber telltale lamps will be present:
• Low coolant
• Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable)
As Proposed 47 of 122 1-19-23

• Check engine
• Check trans (check transmission
• Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat
• Air rest (air restriction)
• Caution (triangle symbol)
• Water in fuel
• DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
• Trailer ABS (where applicable)
• Wait to start (where applicable)
• HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) • ABS (antilock brake system)
• MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) • Side roll fault (where applicable)
• Front air bag fault (where applicable)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:
• Warning (stop sign symbol)
• Seat belt
• Parking brake
• Stop engine
• Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:
• Left turn
• Right turn
• Battery on
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:
• High beam
Alarms
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present.

Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present.

Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively.

As Proposed 48 of 122 1-19-23

Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove -Out
A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove -out at initial power -up to ensure proper performance.

Control Switches
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch will activate the headlights.

Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three (3)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the panel back lighting intensity.

Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times will allow back lighting intensity to be gradually varied from minimum to maximum intensity level for ease of use.

Ignition switch: A three (3)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove -out on the telltale indicators and alarms for 3 to 5 seconds after the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will temporarily silence all active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm condition exists. Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset function of cab alarm system.

Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine.

The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation.

Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column.

Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel.

Turn signal arm: A self -canceling turn signal with high beam headlight controls will be provided.

Windshield wiper control will have high, low and intermittent modes.

Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided.

Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel.

High idle engagement switch: A momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided.

The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged.

As Proposed 49 of 122 1-19-23

"OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement.

Emergency switching will be controlled by multiple individual warning light switches for various groups or areas of emergency warning lights. An Emergency Master switch provided on the instrument panel that enables or disables all individual warning light switches is included.

An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of the gauge panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from inside the driver's door when standing on the ground.

Custom Switch Panels
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six (6) switch panels in the overhead visor console.

All switches have backlit labels for low light conditions.

Diagnostic Panel
A diagnostic pane[ will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership.

Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.

The diagnostic panel will include the following:
• Engine diagnostic port
• Transmission diagnostic port
• ABS diagnostic port
• Roll sensor diagnostic port
• Command Zone USB diagnostic port
• ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) • Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) • Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display
A digital four (4)-row by 20-character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel. The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (3) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function. The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature.

The upper right section will display the following, along with other configuration specific information:
• Odometer
• Trip mileage
• PTO hours
• Fuel consumption
As Proposed 50 of 122 1-19-23

• Engine hours
The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm. The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist

AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided.
"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm when the parking brake is released.

DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the Command ZoneT"", color display located within sight of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged).

The following messages will be displayed (where applicable) • Do Not Move Truck
• DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open)
• PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open)
• DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open) • PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) • DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open)
• PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open)
• Rear Body Door Open
• DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down)
• PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down) • Deck Gun Not Stowed
• Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed)
• Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold -A -Tank Not Stowed)
• Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed)
• Stabilizer Not Stowed
• Steps Not Stowed
• Handrail Not Stowed
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged.

As Proposed 51 of 122 1-19-23

SWITCH PANELS
The built-in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab.

The switches will be membrane -type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever back lighting is activated and illuminated red whenever the switch is active. For ease of use, a two (2)-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch.

The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions.

WIPER CONTROL
Wiper control will consist of a two (2)-speed windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and windshield washer controls. The control will be located on the left side of the center instrument panel.

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:
• The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power • The negative wire will be connected to ground
• Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC
• Power and ground will terminate behind driver's seat
• Termination will be with a 10-place bus bar with screws and removable cover • Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection
This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set.

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:
• The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power • The negative wire will be connected to ground
• Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC
• Power and ground will terminate officer side dash area • Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing • Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection
The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set.

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be four (4) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:
• The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. • The negative wire will be connected to ground.

As Proposed 52 of 122 1-19-23

• Wires will be protected to 6 amps at 12 volts DC.
• Power and ground will terminate in the cab/crewcab 1) near the driver 1) near the officer, 1 each side in the rear facing ems cabinets.
• Termination will be a Kussmaul part number 091-264 switch panel dual USB-A, 18 watt and USB-C, 45 watt SVR, charger socket.
• Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.

STEREO RADIO
A Jensen, heavy duty AM/FM / Bluetooth / Weatherband stereo radio, with front and rear auxiliary input will be installed within reach of the officer. There will be 5.25" speakers installed one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the cab and one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the crew cab. The antenna will be a roof - mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof.

The following features will be included:
- 180 watts max power output (45W x 4)
- BluetoothO streaming audio and controls
(A2DP/AVRCP) with hands -free calling (HFP)
- Electronic AM/FM tuner (US/Euro)
- iPod®/iPhone® ready via USB
- SiriusXM-Ready®
- Seven -channel NOAA weatherband with S.A.M.E. technology - USB 2.0 for playback of MP3 & WMA audio files
- RBDS with PTY search
- Front and rear USB input
- Front and rear AUX input

INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing.

The information center will have the following specifications:
• Operate in temperatures from -40 to 185 degrees Fahrenheit • An Optical Gel will be placed between the LCD and protective lens • Five weather resistant user interface switches
• Grey with black accents
• Sunlight Readable
• Linux operating system
• Minimum of 1000nits rated display
• Display can be changed to an available foreign language • A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area.
• Programmed to read US Customary
As Proposed 53 of 122 1-19-23

General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used.

If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur:
• An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition • A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition • The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages. • A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol.

Home/Transit Screen
This screen will display the following:
• Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped)
• Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
• Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
• Seat Belt Monitoring Screen Seat Belt Monitoring Screen • Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped)
• Digital Speedometer
• Active Alarms
On Scene Screen
This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped):
• Battery Voltage
• Fuel
• Oil Pressure
• Coolant Temperature
• RPM
• Water Level (if equipped)
• Foam Level (if equipped)
• Foam Concentration (if equipped)
• Water Flow Rate (if equipped)
• Water Used (if equipped)
• Active Alarms
As Proposed 54 of 122 1-19-23

Virtual Buttons
There will be four (4) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels.

Page Screen
The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality:
• Diagnostics
o Faults
• Listed by order of occurrence
• Allows to sort by system
o interlock
■ Throttle interlocks
■ Pump Interlocks (if equipped)
■ Aerial Interlocks (if equipped)
• PTO Interlocks (if equipped)
o Load Manager
• A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load.
• The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur.
■ The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. ■ "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen. o Systems
• Command Zone
• Module type and ID number
• Module Version
• Input or output number
• Circuit number connected to that input or output
• Status of the input or output
• Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information ■ Foam (if equipped)
■ Pressure Controller (if equipped)
■ Generator Frequency (if equipped)
o Live Data
• General Truck Data
• Maintenance
o Engine oil and filter
o Transmission oil and filter
o Pump oil (if equipped)
o Foam (if equipped)
o Aerial (if equipped)
• Setup
As Proposed 55 of 122 1-19-23

o Clock Setup
o Date & Time
■ 12 or 24 hour format
■ Set time and date
o Backlight
■ Daytime
■ Night time
• Sensitivity
o Unit Selection
o Home Screen
o Virtual Button Setup
o On Scene Screen Setup
o Configure Video Mode
■ Set Video Contrast
■ Set Video Color
• Set Video Tint
• Do Not Move
o The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated • Driver Side Cab Door
■ Passenger's Side Cab Door
• Driver Side Crew Cab Door
• Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
• Driver Side Body Doors
■ Passenger's Side Body Doors
• Rear Body Door(s)
• Ladder Rack (if applicable)
■ Deck Gun (if applicable)
■ Light Tower (if applicable)
■ Hatch Door (if applicable)
■ Stabilizers (if applicable)
■ Steps (if applicable)
• Notifications
o View Active Alarms
• Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm
■ Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced
• Timer Screen
• HVAC (if equipped)
• Tire Information (if equipped)
• Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped)
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen.

As Proposed 56 of 122 1-19-23

VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided.

The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line.

The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs:
• Vehicle Speed - MPH
• Acceleration - MPH/sec
• Deceleration - MPHlsec
• Engine Speed - RPM
• Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle
• ABS Event - On/Off
• Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position
• Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position
• Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off
• Time - 24 Hour Time
• Date - Year/Month/Day
Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command ZoneTM color display and in the center overhead of the cab instrument panel. The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to 10 seating positions indicating the status of each seat position per the following:
• Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated • Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm • No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm • No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when:
• The home screen is active:
o and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. o and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated.

The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park.

As Proposed 57 of 122 1-19-23

INTERCOM SYSTEM
A six (6) position, Sigtronics, Model US-67D, intercom system with dual radio interface capability at the driver, and officer positions will be provided. Four (4) crew cab positions, located at four (4) forward facing seats , will have intercom and radio listen capabilities.

The following will be included:
• One (1) US-67D Intercom system
• All necessary cabling
RADIO 1 INTERCOM INTERFACE CABLES
The apparatus manufacturer will supply and install two (2) radio interface cables before delivery of the vehicle.

The radio equipment to be used by the customer will be:
• Motorola High Power, Model tbd
• Motorola High Power, Model tbd

HEADSET, OVER THE HEAD
There will be four (4) Sigtronics, Model SE-48, over the head, standard headset(s) provided at the outboard seat positions.

Each headset will feature:
• Coiled cord with single nickel coated plug
• Noise cancelling electret microphone with wind muff
• Flexible microphone boom rotates 180 degrees for left or right dress • Foam earseais
• Volume control
• 24 dB noise reduction

HEADSET HANGERS
There will be six (6) headset hanger(s) installed driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side inboard forward facing seat, driver's side outboard forward facing seat, passenger's side inboard forward facing seat and passenger's side outboard forward facing seat. The hanger(s) will meet NFPA 1901, Section

14.1.11, requirement for equipment mounting.

REMOTE ON/OFF SWITCH FOR AMIFM RADIO
A remote, radio on/off switch will be located to be determined . The switch power will be directly to the battery power.

COMPLETE MDT INSTALLATION
There will be one (1) customer supplied Mobile Data Terminal (MDT), Docking station, Mounting bracket, power supply, antenna, GPS, modem, and all cabling sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer to be installed to be determined. Specific shipping requirements will be followed.

As Proposed 58 of 122 1-19-23

TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION
There will be two (2) customer supplied two way radio(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed to be determined per the shipping document.

No antenna mount or whip will be included in this option.

Specific radio shipping requirements will be followed.

PORTABLE RADIO CHARGER INSTALLATION
There will be six (6) customer supplied portable two-way radio chargers(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed to be determined. Specific shipping requirements will be followed.

RADIO COMPONENTS
APX™ 8500
2) 1M37TSS9PW1AN APX8500 ALL BAND MP MOBILE
2) G851AG ADD: AES/DES-XUDES-OFBENCRYP APX AND ADP
2) G996AS ENH: OVER THE AIR PROVISIONING
2) GA00250AA ADD: WIFI/GNSS STUBBY ANTENNA LMR2402
2) GA00580AA ADD: TDMA OPERATION
2) GA01513AB ADD: ALL BAND MOBILE ANTENNA (7/8N/U)
2) G53ALADD: FPP & CLONE APX
2) W20CA ADD: KEYPAD MIC GCAI APX
2) G51AT ENH:SMARTZONE
2) G78AT ENH: 3 YEAR ESSENTIAL SVC
2) G298AS ENH: ASTRO 25 OTAR W/MULTIKEY
2) 1 kGA09001AAADD: WI-FI CAPABILITY
2) 1IB18CR ADD: AUXILIARY SPKR 7.5WATTAPX

VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:
• One (1) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse
As Proposed 59 of 122 1-19-23

The camera images will be displayed on the driver's vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the active camera will be emitted by an amplified speaker with volume control located behind the driver seat.

The following components will be included:
• One (1) SV-CW134639CAI, camera
• One (1) amplified speaker (if applicable)
• All necessary cables

VEHICLE CAMERA GUARD
There will be one (1) aluminum treadplate guard(s) fastened over the vehicle camera(s) located over the rear camera .

ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting. Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible.

Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership.

Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits.

All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type -I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.

Solid -State Control System
A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules, electronic control modules to include black housings, a power indicator and status indicator located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J1939-11 recommended practices.

The control system will operate as a master -slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDXTM specifications providing a lower cost of ownership.

As Proposed 60 of 122 1-19-23

For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes:
• Green LED indicator light for module power
• Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status • Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation • No moving parts due to transistor logic
• Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators • Integrated electrical system load management without additional components • Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components • Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration • Factory and field programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications:
• Module circuit board will meet SAE J771 specifications • Operating temperature from -40C to +70C
• Storage temperature from -40C to +70C
• Vibration to 50g
IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter)
Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 32 volts DC
The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical.

Circuit Protection and Control Diagram
Copies of all job -specific, computer network input and output (110) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information.

On -Board Electrical System Dia nostics
The on -board information center will include the following diagnostic information:
• Text description of active warning or caution alarms
• Simplified warning indicators
• Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm
• Red warning indication with steady tone alarm
Advanced diagnostic feature will be provided in this control system. From the Command Zone display or connected wireless device, these features allow the user to monitor the real-time status of every input or output on the vehicle. It also allows users logged in as an administrator to force on inputs or outputs to assist the troubleshooting process.

As Proposed 61 of 122 1-19-23

TCU Module with WiFil
An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WIFi interface will comply with IEEE 802.11 b/g/n capabilities while communicating at 2.4 Gigahertz. The module will communicate through a black WiFi antenna allowing a line of site communication range of up to 300 feet with a roof mounted antenna.

The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone TM, control and information system.

The TCU capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone TM, control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data TCU will provide up to 2 Gigabytes of data storage.

The TCU will provide a means to download the TCU information and update software in the device.

Indicator Light and Alarm Prove -Out System
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel.

Voltage Monitor System
A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.

The alarm will activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes.

Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points
There will be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following:
• 12-volt 40-amp battery switched power
• 12-volt 60-amp ignition switched power
• 12-volt 60-amp direct battery power
There will also be a 12-volt 100-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center.

EMI/RFI Protection
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J55112, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source.

As Proposed 62 of 122 1-19-23

The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE J1113125 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself.

EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high-powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS
There will be a software based vehicle tool provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events.

The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone TM information center and/or wireless enabled devices to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals.

Prognostics will include the following:
• Engine oil and filter
• Transmission oil and filter

TELEMATICS SYSTEM
There will be a cellular based vehicle telematics system consisting of a Telematic Control Unit (TCU) with external cellular WiFi and GPS antenna, and access to a web -based user interface portal provided.

The TCU will be fully integrated into the Command Zone-rm electrical system. It will monitor the vehicle through the CAN data bus and transmit data through a secure 4G LTE cellular connection, and be provided with a 3 year subscription..

After accepting the end user license agreement, the vehicle administrator will have access to vehicle location information and vehicle data via a secure CZ Connect web -based interface portal.

The CZ Connect web -based interface will allow users to access vehicle data and configure monitoring tools, providing a global view of the location of each connected asset and a summary of fleet data, which include:
• User defined interval notifications
• User defined fault alerts
• Remote access to Command Zone diagnostics
• Vehicle analytics and activity monitoring
As Proposed 63 of 122 1-19-23

® Vehicle system status

ELECTRICAL
All 12-volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal. Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids.

Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:

1. All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.

2. Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.

3. Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work.

4. Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non -waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).

5. All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.

6. All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.

All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108, will be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments.

An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.

The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery.

BATTERY SYSTEM
Six (6) 12 volt, Deka, Model 1231 MF, maintenance free group 31 batteries that include the following features, each, will be provided:
• 1000 CCA (cold cranking amps)
• 185 reserve capacity
As Proposed 64 of 122 1-19-23

• High cycle
• Ref. CA of 1190 at 0 degrees Fahrenheit
185 reserve capacity
• Threaded studs

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel.

MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system.

An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system.

BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
Batteries will be placed on non -corrosive mats and stored in well ventilated compartments located under the cab.

Heavy-duty, 210 gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti -corrosion compound.

Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi -permanent rubberized compound.

JUMPER STUDS
One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color -coded covers will be included on the battery compartments.

BATTERY CHARGER
There will be an IOTA TM, Model DSL 75, battery charger with IQ4, controller provided.

The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through an AC receptacle adjacent to this battery charger.

There will be a Kussmaul TM, Model #091-94-12, remote indicator included.

The battery charger will be located in the left body compartment mounted on the left wall as high as possible.

The battery charger indicator will be located on the driver's seat riser.

SHORELINE
There will be one (1) 20 amp 120 volt AC straight blade inlet(s) NEMA 5-20 with gray cover(s) provided to operate the dedicated 120 volt AC circuits on the apparatus.

The shoreline will be connected to to the battery charger.

A mating connector body will also be supplied with the loose equipment.

As Proposed 65 of 122 1-19-23

There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:
• Line Voltage
• Current Ratting (amps)
• Phase
• Frequency
The shoreline receptacle will be located on the driver side of cab, above wheel.

SHORELINE TO INVERTER TRANSFER SWITCH
There will be an automatic transfer switch between the shoreline inlet and the onboard inverter. The loads connected to the transfer switch will be power from the onboard inverter when the shore line is not energized and the battery switch is on.

ALTERNATOR
A Delco Remy®, Model 55S1, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 430 amps, as measured by SAE method J56. The alternator will feature an integral regulator and rectifier system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257 degrees Fahrenheit (125 degrees Celsius). The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output.

ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12-volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

The system will include the following features:
• System voltage monitoring.
• A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off.
• Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels.
• Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.
• High Idle to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake. o If enabled:
■ "Load Man Hi -Idle On" will display on the information center. • Hi -Idle will not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up. • Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed. • The information center indicates system voltage.

The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following:

As Proposed 66 of 122 1-1 g_23

Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition.

Individual load managed item condition:
o ON = not shed
o SHED = shed

SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch. When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half - second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation.

When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order.

Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half -second intervals:
• Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
• Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
• Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
• Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
• Third Evaporator (if applicable)

HEADLIGHTS WITH HALO FLASH
There will be a HiViz pan`, number FT-4X6-4KIT, that includes four (4) 4.00" high x 6.00" long rectangular LED lights with "Halo" parking lamp illumination around the outside of the lamps mounted in the front quad style housing. The headlights to include chrome bezels on each side of the cab grille:
• the outside lamp on each side will contain a part number FT-4X6-HL with low beam LEDs • the inside lamp on each side will contain a part number FT-4X6-H with high beam LEDs • the "Halo" around the headlights will be controlled by the headlight/parking light switch • the fights will be controlled through the headlight switch The "Halo" around the headlights will flash alternately from driver side to passenger side when emergency master switch is on, a "Halo Flash" switch in the cab is on, and the parking brake is released.

As Proposed 67 of 122 1-19-23

DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen 600 series, LED combination directionallmarker lights provided. The lights will be located on the outside cab corners, next to the headlights.

The color of the lenses will be clear.

INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED turn signal marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light.

CAB CLEARANCE/MARKERIID LIGHTS
There will be seven (7) amber LED lights provided per the following:
• Three (3) amber LED identification lights will be installed in the center of the cab above the windshield.
• Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each outboard side of the cab above the windshield as close to the outside of the apparatus as practical. • Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each side of the cab as high and far forward as practical.

The lights will be installed without guards.

FRONT CAB SIDE DIRECTIONALIMARKER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED lights installed front of the cab door, one (1) on each side of the cab.

The lights will activate as marker lights with the headlight switch and directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit.

REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be a three (3) LED light bar used as identification lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:
• As close as practical to the vertical centerline
• Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart • Red in color
• All at the same height
There will be two (2) LED lights installed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:
• To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
• One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
• As near the top as practical
• Red in color
• To be visible from the rear
• All at the same height
As Proposed 68 of 122 1-19-23

There will be two (2) LED lights installed on the side of the apparatus used as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following:
• To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
• One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
• As near the top as practical
• Red in color
• To be visible from the side
• All at the same height
There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One (1) each side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One (1) each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements.

REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
The rear stop/tail and directional lighting included in the rear tail light housing will include the following:
• Two (2) Whelen®, Model M62BTT, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep brake/tail lights with red LEDs
Two (2) Whelen, Model M62T, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep directional lights with amber LEDs. The directional lights will be set to Steady On (Arrow) flash pattern.

The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs.

There will be two (2) Whelen Model M62BU, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing.

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
One (1) license plate bracket constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the rear of the apparatus.

One (1) white LED light with chrome housing will be provided to illuminate the license plate. A stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear.

LIGHTING BEZEL
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M6FCV4P, four (4) place chromed ABS housings with Pierce logos provided for the rear M6 series stop/tail, directional, back up, scene lights or warning lights.

BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels.

As Proposed 69 of 122 1-19-23

CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens each, 20.00" white LED strip lights provided, one (1) for each cab door.

These lights will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the exit doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter scene lights.

PUMP HOUSE PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens each, 20.00" LED weatherproof strip lights with brackets provided under the pump panel running boards, one (1) each side.

If the combination of options in the vehicle does not permit clearance for a 20.00" light, a 12.00" version of the Amdor light will be installed.

The lights will be controlled by the same means as the body perimeter lights.

BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens, 20.00" long, white LED's, 12 volt DC lights provided at the rear step area of the body, one (1) each side shining to the rear.

The perimeter scene lights will be activated when the parking brake is applied.

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR PERIMETER LIGHTS
All perimeter lights and scene lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is released.

The cab and crew cab perimeter lights will dim after 10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's transmission is put into gear.

STEP LIGHTS
Four (4) white LED step lights will be provided. One (1) step light will be provided on each side, on the front compartment face and two (2) step lights at the rear to illuminate the tailboard.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15.00" x 15.00" square placed 10.00" below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30.00" x 30.00" square at the same 10.00" distance below the light.

These step lights will be actuated with the pump panel light switch.

All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of NFPA 1901. 12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be a HiViz Model FT-B-72 * *, 2.56" high x 72.69" long x 3.31" deep 21,067 effective lumens 12 volt DC light with white LEDs configured with a combination of flood and spot optics mounted, as far forward on the cab roof as practical.

The painted parts of the light housing and brackets to be painted job color.

The light will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel.

As Proposed 70 of 122 1-19-23

The light may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen® Model P*H2*, 17,750 lumens 12 volt DC powered lights with white LEDs and a combination of flood and spot optics installed on the apparatus located, on the driver side and passenger side rear of the cab.

The light(s) to be installed on 2" offset push up side mount outside pole length to be 20.00" long with a handle holder and sensor connecting the pole to the Do Not Move Truck Indicator circuit.

The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The lights will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be two (2) HiViz Model FT-MB-I8-TR-*-*, 2.06" high x 25.20" long x 2.45" deep, 9,504 raw lumens 12 volt DC light(s) with a combination of flood and spot optics and Trunnion adjustable mounting bracket(s) installed on the cab one each side over the crew cab doors.

The painted parts of the light housing and brackets to be painted job color.

The light(s) will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen® Model MP** 12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs installed on the apparatus body located, high on each side of the rear bulkhead.

The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The light(s) to be installed in a 15 degree vertical recessed bracket.

The lights will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel and by a switch in a recessed cup located at the driver's side rear bulkhead.

The fight(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will two (2) HiViz Model FT-MB-I8-TR-*-*, 6,652.8 effective lumens 2.87" high x 25.20" long x

2.45" deep 12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs and a combination of flood and spot optics provided on the apparatus located, one centered over the driver and passenger side hatch compartment.

The painted parts of the light housing and brackets to be painted job color.

As Proposed 71 of 122 1-19-23

The light(s) will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.

HOSE BED LIGHTS
There will be white 12 volt DC LED light strips with stainless steel protective cover, provided to light the hose bed area. Hose Bed lights will meet the photometric levels listed in NFPA 1901 for Hose Bed lighting requirements.
• Light strip(s) will be installed along the upper edge of the left side of the hose bed.

Light strip(s) will be installed along the upper edge of the right side of the hose bed.

The lights will be activated by a cup switch at the rear of the apparatus no more than 72.00" from the ground.

WALKING SURFACE LIGHT
There will be Model FRP, 4" round black 12 volt DC LED floodlight(s) with bolt mount provided to illuminate the entire designated walking surface on top of the body.

The light(s) will be activated when the body step lights are on.

WATER TANK
Booster tank will have a capacity of 500 gallons and be constructed of polypropylene plastic by United Plastic Fabricating, Incorporated.

Tank joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out.

Tank will be baffled in accordance with NFPA Bulletin 1901 requirements.

Baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water between compartments.

Longitudinal partitions will be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and will extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow for positive welding.

Transverse partitions will extend from 4.00" off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top cover.

All partitions will interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides.

Tank top will be constructed of .50" polypropylene. It will be recessed .38" and will be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions.

Tank top will be sufficiently supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions.

Construction will include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and welded to the transverse partitions. Two (2) of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes.

As Proposed 72 of 122 1-19-23

A sump that will be sized dependent on the tank to pump plumbing will be provided at the bottom of the water tank.

Sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet.

Tank will be installed in a fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel.

Sufficient crossmembers will be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers will be constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing.

Tank will "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on.

Stops or other provision will be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle.

Mounting system will be approved by the tank manufacturer.

Fill tower will be constructed of .50" polypropylene and will be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00" long.

Fill tower will be furnished with a .25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover.

An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle.

TANK DRAIN
A 3.00" tank drain will be installed with a 3.00" ball valve and tee handle control. The tee handle control will be located underneath the forward section of the left front compartments and will be properly labeled. The valve and control handle will be installed in a manner that neither one could be hit during normal operation.

SLEEVE PLUMBING THROUGH TANK
One (1) sleeve will be provided in the water tank for a 3.00" pipe to the rear.

HOSE BED
The hose bed will be fabricated of .125"-5052 aluminum with a nominal 38,000 psi tensile strength.

Upper and rear edges of side panels will have a double break for rigidity.

The upper inside area of the beavertails will be covered with brushed stainless steel to prevent damage to painted surface when hose is removed.

Flooring of the hose bed will be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats will be a minimum of 0.50" x 4.50" with spacing between slats for hose ventilation.

The hose bed interior walls will be painted to match the lower body color.

Hose bed will accommodate 800' of 4", 1 000'of 2.5" and two bundles of 1.75".

As Proposed 73 of 122 1-19-23

HOSE BED DIVIDER
Two (2) hosebed dividers will be furnished for separating hose.

Each divider will be constructed of a .25" brushed aluminum sheet. Flat surfaces will be sanded for uniform appearance, or constructed of brushed aluminum.

Divider will be fully adjustable by sliding in tracks, located at the front and rear of the hose bed.

Divider will be held in place by tightening bolts, at each end.

Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads.

A cross -divider will be provided just behind the fill tower. The divider will be bolted to the side sheet.

SHELF, HINGED 1N HOSE BED
There will be one (1) hinged shelves, constructed of aluminum grating, provided for hose or equipment storage inside the hose bed located on the driver side on the left side. The shelf will be attached to the hose bed side sheet.

HOSE BED COVER
A four (4) section hose bed cover, constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate will be furnished.

The cover will be split into front and rear with each section having a left and right side. Each section will be attached with a full length stainless steel piano hinge. The sides will be slanted down with the center of the cover supported by a stationary modular bridgework support. An additional bridge support will be required at the middle of the cover where the front and rear sections are divided.

All sections of the cover will be reinforced so that it can support the weight of a man walking on the cover.

If access to water tank fill tower is blocked by the hose bed cover, then a hinged door will be provided in it so that tank may be filled without raising cover doors.

Chrome grab handles and gas filled cylinders will be provided to assist in opening and closing the cover. A handrail is to be provided at the rear, in the center of the support, to assist in opening the cover. A DuraSurfT'" center strip will be supplied to prevent chaffing at the center of the cover.

The hose bed cover will be connected to the Do Not Move Truck indicator. The light will be activated if the cover is not in the stowed position and the parking brake is released.

HOSEBED END FLAP
A pair of red vinyl flaps will be installed on the rear, one for each of the aluminum treadplate hose bed covers. The vinyl flap will be secured to the hose bed cover with quarter turn fasteners.

Each vinyl flap will have (2) nylon tie down straps with seat belt buckles to secure the flaps at their base.

RUNNING BOARDS
Running boards will be fabricated of .125" bright aluminum treadplate.

As Proposed 74 of 122 1-19-23

Each running board will be supported by a welded 2.00" square tubing and channel assembly, which will be bolted to the pump compartment substructure.

Running boards will be 12.75" deep and spaced .50" away from the pump panel.

A splash guard will be provided above the running board treadplate.

TAILBOARD
The tailboard will also be constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate and spaced .50" from the body, as well as supported by a structural steel assembly.

The tailboard area will be 16.00" deep.

The exterior side will be flanged down and in for increased rigidity of tailboard structure.

REAR WALL, SMOOTH ALUMINUMMODY MATERIAL
The rear facing surfaces of the center rear wall will be smooth aluminum.

The bulkheads, the surface to the rear of the side body compartments, will be smooth and the same material as the body.

Any inboard facing surfaces below the height of the hosebed will be aluminum diamondplate.

REAR TOW EYES
Two (2) tow eyes, which are an integral part of the body mounting substructure, will be installed below the rear of the truck.

The tow eyes will be of adequate strength to allow the truck to be pulled from the eyes.

REAR TOW BAR
One (1) tow bar will be installed under the tailboard, 3.00" forward from the rear of the tailboard. With air ride suspension and a 65 gallon fuel tank, the tow bar will be located .50" further rearward than normal when there is this combination of options.

The tow bar assembly will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 30-degree upward angled pull of 17,000 lb, or a 20,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle.

The tow bar design will have been tested and evaluated using finite element analysis techniques.

COMPARTMENTATION
Body and compartments will be fabricated of 0.125", 5052-1-132 aluminum.

Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders.

Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.

Side compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip.

As Proposed 75 of 122 1-19-23

The side compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again 0.75" to form an angle.

Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion, formed bright aluminum treadplate or polished stainless steel.

The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear and outward side. These covers will have the corners welded.

Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops.

Front facing compartment walls will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate.

All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury.

UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM
Due to the severe loading requirements of this pumper a method of body and compartment support suitable for the intended load will be provided.

The backbone of the support system will be the chassis frame rails which is the strongest component of the chassis and is designed for sustaining maximum loads.

Forward to the rear axle, the support system will include "U-shaped support members bolted to the chassis frame rails. These welded support members will include vertical formed channels, horizontal structural channels, and support gussets. These parts extend from the chassis frame outward underneath the body.

Rearward to the rear axle, the body support system will include two rearward facing "U-shaped support members bolted to the chassis frame rails. These support members will be connected to the two body supporting crossmembers forming a boxed foundation for the rear body support system.

Steel upper platform decks will be mounted on the top of these support members to create a floating substructure which will result in a 500 lb equipment support rating per lower compartment.

All structural components of this system will be made from high strength 50K steel plate material or structural steel componentry. The steel frames as well as the steel vertical angles will be treated with an epoxy E-coat to provide resistance to corrosion and chemicals as standard.

The floating substructure will be separated from the horizontal members with neoprene elastomer isolators. These isolators will reduce the natural flex stress of the chassis from being transmitted to the body.

Isolators will have a broad load range, proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail-safe design and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes.

The neoprene isolators will be installed in a pattern which assimilates a three (3)-point mounting pattern to reduce the natural flex of the chassis being transmitted to the body.

As Proposed 76 of 122 1-19-23

A design with body compartments hanging on the chassis in an unsupported fashion will not be acceptable.

AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards.

LOUVERS
Louvers will be stamped into compartment walls to provide the proper airflow inside the body compartments and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. Where these louvers are provided, they will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate.

TESTING OF BODY DESIGN
Body structural analysis will be fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis, strain gauging, and model analysis will be performed with special attention given to fatigue, life and structural integrity of the body and substructure.

Body will be tested while loaded to its greatest in-service weight The criteria used during the testing procedure will include:
• Raising opposite corners of the vehicle tires 9.00" to simulate the twisting a truck may experience when driving over a curb.
• Making a 90 degree turn, while driving at 20 mph to simulate aggressive driving conditions. • Driving the vehicle at 35 mph on a washboard road.
• Driving the vehicle at 55 mph on a smooth road.
• Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph on rough pavement.

Evidence of actual testing techniques will be made available upon request.

LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The left side compartmentation will consist of three (3) rollup door compartments.

A full height, rollup door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 34.50" wide x 66.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 25.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 28.75" wide x 56.88" high.

A rollup door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 66.50" wide x 32.88" high x 12.00" deep. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 58.25" wide x 23.13" high.

A full height, rollup door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 47.75" wide x 67.63" high x 12.00" deep. A section of this compartment will As Proposed 77 of 122 1-19-23

be 25.88" deep for the first 31.50" width x 26.00" height directly behind the rear wheels. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 44.75" wide x 57.88" high.

The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling.

The spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame.

Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one (1) hand.

RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The right side compartmentation will consist of three rollup door compartments.

A full height, rollup door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 34.50" wide x 65.13" high x 25.88" deep. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 23.75" wide x 56.88" high.

A rollup door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 66.50" wide x 31.38" high x 25.88" deep. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 58.25" wide x 23.13" high.

A full height, rollup door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 47.75" wide x 66.13" high x 25.88" deep. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 44.75" wide x 57.88" high.

The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling.

The spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame.

Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.

SIDE COMPARTMENT ROLLUP DOOR(S)
There will be six (6) compartment doors installed on the side compartments. The doors will be double faced aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by Gortite®.

Lath sections will be an interlocking rib design and will be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door.

Between each slat at the pivoting joint will be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments. Seals will allow door to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from 180 to -40 degrees Fahrenheit. Side, top and bottom seals will be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be made of Santoprene.

All hinges, barrel clips and end pieces will be nylon 66. All nylon components will withstand temperatures from 300 to -40 degrees Fahrenheit.

As Proposed 78 of 122 1-19-23

A polished stainless steel lift bar to be provided for each roll -up door. Lift bar will be located at the bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge will be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door.

Doors will be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat will be flat.

The interior surfaces will be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipment from jamming the door from inside.

To conserve space in the compartments, the spring roller assembly will not exceed 3.00" in diameter.

The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights.

REAR COMPARTMENTATION
A roll -up door compartment above the rear tailboard will be provided.

The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 40.00" wide x 40.63" high x 25.88" deep. The spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed.

A louvered, removable access panel will be furnished on the back wall of the compartment.

The rear compartment will be open into the rear side compartments.

The clear door opening of this compartment will be a minimum of 33.25" wide x 30.88" high.

Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.

ROLLUP REAR COMPARTMENT DOOR
There will be a rear rollup door. The door will be double faced aluminum construction, an anodized satin finish and manufactured by Gortite®.

Lath sections will be an interlocking rib design and will be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door.

All hinges, barrel clips and end pieces will be nylon 66. All nylon components will withstand temperatures from 300 to -40 degrees Fahrenheit.

As Proposed 79 of 122 1-19-23

Door will be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat will be flat.

The interior surface will be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipment from jamming the door from inside.

To conserve space in the compartments, the spring roller assembly will not exceed 3.00" in diameter.

The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights.

SCUFFPLATE
A pair of polished stainless steel scuffplates will be furnished full height each side of the front outer corners of the body.

SCUFFPLATE
A pair of polished stainless steel scuffplates will be furnished full height each side of the rear outer corners of the body.

DOOR GUARD
There will be seven (7) compartment doors that will include a guard/drip pan designed to protect the rollup door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed left side rearward compartment, left side over the wheel compartment, left side forward compartment, right side rearward compartment, right side over the wheel compartment, right side forward compartment and rear compartment.

ROLL -UP DOOR TRIM
The exterior of the aluminum trim around the door opening will be painted to match the color of the applicable door.

There will be six (6) compartments located all side compartment doors with the trim painted.

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be seven (7) compartment(s) with two (2) white 12 volt DC LED compartment light strips.

The dual light strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. There will be two (2) light strips per compartment. The dual light strips will be in all body compartment(s).

Any remaining compartments without light strips will have a 6.00" diameter Truck-Lite, Model: 79384 light. Each light will have a number 1076 one filament, two wire bulb.

Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on.

HATCH COMPARTMENT
One (1) hatch compartment will be provided above the left side compartments.

Each hatch compartment will extend the full length of the side body compartmentation x 13.75" wide.

The height of each hatch compartment will match the side sheet height or be below the side sheet by a minimum of 3.00" to a maximum hatch height of 22.00".

As Proposed 80 of 122 1-19-23

Sides of the compartment will be constructed of the same material as the body and painted job color. A

2.00" tali formed painted aluminum trim will be provided to cover the seam between the top of the body panel and the bottom of the hatch compartment. The vertical outboard seam at the center of the compartment will be smooth weld finished and painted. The top of the compartment will be constructed of bright aluminum treadplate.

Two (2) lift -up, bright aluminum treadplate doors will be provided on the top of the compartment. Doors will have lipped edges with a rubber seal for weather resistance. Each door will have a socket and plunger type latch and chrome grab handle. Doors will be hinged on the outboard side and will utilize a gas strut (or rubber covered chain on narrow width doors) Compartment will drain to an area below the hose bed. Black rubber matting shall be provided to help prevent stored equipment in pooled water.

HATCH COMPARTMENT
One (1) hatch compartment will be provided above the right side compartments.

Each hatch compartment will extend the full length of the side body compartmentation x 27.75" wide.

The height of each hatch compartment will match the side sheet height or be below the side sheet by a minimum of 3.00" to a maximum hatch height of 22.00".

Sides of the compartment will be constructed of the same material as the body and painted job color. A

2.00" tall formed painted aluminum trim will be provided to cover the seam between the top of the body panel and the bottom of the hatch compartment. The vertical outboard seam at the center of the compartment will be smooth weld finished and painted. The top of the compartment will be constructed of bright aluminum treadplate.

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be seven (7) sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in LS1, LS2, LS3, RS1, RS2, RS3 and B1.

These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s). The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior.

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be 13 shelves with a capacity of 500 lb provided.

The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum painted spatter gray with 2.00" sides.

Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

As Proposed 81 of 122 1-19-23

The location(s) will be determined at a later date.

SLIDE -OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be three (3) floor mounted slide -out tray(s) provided.

Each tray will have 2.00" high sides and a minimum capacity rating of 500 lb in the extended position.

Each tray will be constructed of aluminum painted spatter gray There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 2501b each provided. The pair of slides will have a safety factor rating of 2.

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117.

To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 501b force for push -in or pull- out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition. Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and 'but" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

The location(s) will be LS1, LS3 to the right of the partition and B1.

DRAWER ASSEMBLY
A slide -out drawer assembly will be installed in the LS3 compartment on the left side of the compartment.

The clear dimensions starting at the top of the cabinet with the first drawer will be 3.00" with a face plate that is 4.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the second drawer will be 3.75" with a face plate that is 4.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the third drawer will be 3.75" with a face plate that is 4.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the fourth drawer will be 3.75" with a face plate that is 4.00" high x 21.00" deep. Each drawer will be the same width and not exceed

24.00".

The drawers will have a capacity of 250 pounds.

The drawers will be mounted in a cabinet housing constructed of light gray powder coated aluminum with anodized aluminum frames. The housing will be 24.00" deep, and completely enclose the drawer.

A full-length aluminum extruded rail will be provided at the top edge of each drawer. This rail will act as the latching mechanism as well as the handle for each drawer.

There will be a total of one (1) provided.

SWING OUT TOOLBOARD
A swing out aluminum toolboard will be provided.

As Proposed 82 of 122 1-19-23

It will be a minimum of .188" thick with .203" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers between holes.

A 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the pegboard.

The board will be mounted on a pivoting device at the front of the compartment on the top and bottom to allow easy movement in and out of the compartment. The maximum tool load will be 400 pounds.

The board will have positive lock in the stowed and extended position.

The board will be mounted on adjustable tracks from front to back within the compartment.

There will be Two (2) toolboard(s) provided. The toolboard(s) will be spatter gray painted and installed LS2 and RS2.

PARTITION, TRANSVERSE REAR COMPARTMENT
Two (2) partitions will be bolted in place to separate the left and right side rear compartments from the rear tailboard compartment. The partition will be body material painted spatter gray.

VERTICAL COMPARTMENT PARTITION
two (2) vertical partition(s) will be provided in the [Location, Compartment, Predefined] compartment to be determine.

The partition construction will consist of body material painted spatter gray.

RUB RAIL
Bottom edge of the side and rear of the body compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail.

Trim will be 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity.

The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage.

BODY FENDER CROWNS
Polished stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings with a dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.

The fender crowns will be held in place with stainless steel screws that thread directly into a composite nut and not directly into the parent body sheet metal to eliminate dissimilar metals contact and greatly reduce the chance for corrosion. Rubber welting will be provided between the body and crown.

BODY FENDER LINER
A painted to match the lower body color fender liner will be provided. The liners will be removable to aid in the maintenance of rear suspension components.

HARD SUCTION HOSE
Hard suction hose will not be required.

As Proposed 83 of 122 1-19-23

HANDRAILS
The handrails will be 1.25" diameter knurled aluminum to provide a positive gripping surface.

Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.

Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails.

Handrails will be provided to meet NFPA 1901 section 15.8 requirements. The handrails will be installed as noted on the sales drawing.

HANDRAILS
One (1) vertical handrail will be located on each rear beavertail.

HANDRAIL
One (1) full width horizontal handrail will be provided below the hose bed at the rear of the apparatus.

EXTINGUISHERIAIR BOTTLE/ STORAGE (TRIANGULAR)
A total of one (1) extinguisher/air bottle/storage compartments will be provided on the passenger side forward of the rear axle. The triangular shaped compartment will be sized to fit a 8.00" diameter extinguisher in the lower area and a 8.00" diameter extinguisher in the upper area. The compartment will be approximately 25.50" deep. A partition will be provided to separate the compartment. Also inside the compartment, black rubber matting will be provided. The compartment will be furnished with a drain hole. A painted stainless steel, triangular shaped door with a flush Southco C2 chrome latch will be provided to contain the air bottles. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the bottles when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment.

AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (TRIPLE)
A quantity of one (1) air bottle compartment designed to hold (3) air bottles up to 7.25" in diameter x

26.00" deep will be provided on the left side forward of the rear wheels. A painted stainless steel door with a flush Southco C2 chrome latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment, black rubber matting will be provided.

AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the air bottles when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment.

AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (DOUBLE)
A quantity of one (1) air bottle compartment, 15.25" wide x 7.75" tall x 26.00" deep, will be provided on the right side rearward of the rear wheels. A painted stainless steel door with a flush Southco C2 chrome latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

As Proposed 84 of 122 1-19-23

Inside the compartment, black rubber matting will be provided

AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment to help contain the air bottle when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment.

AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (SINGLE)
A quantity of one air bottle compartment, approximately 7.50" wide x 7.50" tall x 26.00" deep, will be provided on the driver side rearward of the rear wheels. The triangular door will cover the air bottle opening, the DEF tank access, and fuel fill. The compartment will be square with angled corners. A painted stainless steel door with a flush Southco C2 chrome latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment, black rubber matting will be provided.

EXTENSION LADDER
There will be a 24' two -section aluminum Duo -Safety Series 900-A extension ladder provided.

ROOF LADDER
There will be a 14' aluminum Duo -Safety Series 775-A roof ladder provided.

LADDER STORAGE
The ladders will be stored inside the upper section of the right side compartments. This ladder rack will reduce the depth of the upper section in the side compartments.

A partition will be installed inside the compartment on the side of the rack to allow for equipment storage and to conceal the ladders.

The ladders will be banked in separate storage troughs.

The ladder storage assembly will be fabricated of stainless steel track angles to aid in loading and removal of ladders.

Rear of the ladder storage area will have a vertically hinged door with lift -and -turn latches to contain the ladders.

FOLDING LADDER
One (1) 10.00' aluminum, Series 585-A, Duo -Safety folding ladder will be installed.

BACKBOARD COMPARTMENT
One (1) backboard compartment will be mounted to the top of the bright aluminum treadplate hose bed cover on the left side. The compartment(s) will be fabricated of bright aluminum treadplate and will have As Proposed 85 of 122 1-19-23

a bright aluminum treadplate lift -up door at the rear. The compartment(s) will be sized for a backboard

72.00" long x 18.00" wide x 3.00" high.

PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 5.9.4 requires one (1) 8 ft or longer pike pole mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The pike pole is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike pole.

The pike pole(s) will be a Duo -Safety 10' pike pole.

PIKE POLE STORAGE
There will be. storage designated right side for One (1) pike pole 8' or longer pike poles stored in a tube between the side sheet and tank in the ground ladder storage compartment. 6' P1KE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 5.9.4 requires one (1) 6' pike pole or plaster hook mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The pike pole is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike pole.

The pike pole(s) will be a Duo -Safety 6' pike pole.

PIKE POLE STORAGE
There will be storage designated right side for One (1) pike pole with a .75" standard notch stored in a tube between the side sheet and tank in the ground ladder storage compartment.

STEPS
A folding step will be provided on the front of each fender compartment. The step will be bright finished, non-skid with a black tread coating on the stepping surface. The step can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand.

REAR FOLDING STEPS
Bright finished, non-skid folding steps with a black tread coating on the stepping surface will be provided at the rear. Each step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface. The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand.

SLIDE -OUT PLATFORM
Two (2) slideout platforms will be provided under the running board below the crosslays. The capacity rating will be 500 Ibs in the extended position. Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

There will be an On Scene Solutions Access white 12 volt DC LED light provided to illuminate the ground area.

As Proposed 86 of 122 1-19-23

PUMP COMPARTMENT
The pump compartment will be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. It will be a fabricated assembly made of the same material as the rear body using tubing, angles and channels which supports both the fire pump and the side running boards.

The pump compartment will be mounted on the chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits in a four point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist.

Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels will be removable from the chassis in a single assembly.

PUMP MOUNTING
Pump will be mounted to a substructure which will be mounted to the chassis frame rail using rubber isolators. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire PUMP.

LEFT SIDE PUMP CONTROL PANELS
All pump controls and gauges will be located at the left side of the apparatus and properly identified.

Layout of the pump control panel will be ergonomically efficient and systematically organized.

The pump operator's control panel will be removable in two (2) main sections for ease of maintenance:

The upper section will contain sub panels for the mounting of the pump pressure control device, engine monitoring gauges, electrical switches, and foam controls (if applicable). Sub panels will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. Below the sub panels will be located all valve controls and line pressure gauges.

The lower section of the panel will contain all inlets, outlets, and drains.

All push/pull valve controls will have 114 turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push/pull control rods will be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to the pump panel. Push/pull valve controls will be capable of locking in any position. The control rods will pull straight out of the panel and will be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding.

IDENTIFICATION TAGS
The identification tag for each valve control will be recessed in the face of the tee handle.

All discharge outlets will have color coded identification tags, with each discharge having its own unique color. Color coding will include the labeling of the outlet and the drain for each corresponding discharge.

All line pressure gauges will be mounted directly above the corresponding discharge control tee handles and recessed within the same chrome plated casting as the rod guide for quick identification.

The gauge and rod guide casting will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. The casting will be color coded to correspond with the discharge identification tag.

All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels.

As Proposed 87 of 122 1-19-23

The pump panel on the right side will be removable with lift and turn type fasteners.

Trim rings will be installed around all inlets and outlets.

MIDSHIP FIRE PUMP
Midship fire pump will be a Hale QMAX-150, 1500 gpm single (1) stage midship mounted centrifugal type.

Pump will be the class "A" type.

Pump will deliver the percentage of rated discharges at the pressures indicated below:
- 100% of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure.
- 100% of rated capacity at 165 psi net pump pressure.
-70% of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure.
-50% of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure.

Entire pump and both suction and discharge passages will be hydrostatically tested to a pressure of 500 psi.

Pump will be fully tested at the pump manufacturer's factory to the performance requirements as outlined by the current NFPA 1901 standards and will be free from objectionable pulsation and vibration.

Pump body and related parts will be of fine grain, alloy cast iron with a minimum tensile strength of 30,000 psi (2041.2 bar).

All moving parts in contact with water will be of high quality bronze or stainless steel.

Pump body will be horizontally split, on a single plane in two (2) sections, for easy removal of entire impeller assembly, including wear rings and bearings from beneath the pump, without disturbing pump piping or the mounting of the pump in the chassis.

Pump will have one (1) double suction impeller. The pump body will have two (2) opposed discharge volute cutwaters to eliminate radial unbalance.

Pump impeller will be hard, fine grain bronze of the mixed flow design, accurately machined, hand - ground, and individually balanced. The vanes of the impeller intake eyes will be hand -ground and polished to a sharp edge. They will be of sufficient size and design to provide ample reserve capacity utilizing minimum horsepower.

Impeller clearance rings will be bronze and easily renewable without replacing impeller or pump volute body. They will be of the wrap -around double labyrinth design for maximum efficiency. Pump shaft will be electric furnace heat -treated, corrosion resistant stainless steel. It will be super -finished under packing with galvanic corrosion (zinc separators in packing) protection for longer shaft life. Pump shaft will be sealed with double oil seal to keep road dirt and water out of drive unit.

As Proposed 88 of 122 1-19-23

Pump shaft will be rigidly supported by three (3) bearings for minimum deflection. A high lead bronze sleeve bearing will be located immediately adjacent to the impeller (on the side opposite of the drive unit). The sleeve bearing will be automatically oil lubricated and pressure balanced to exclude foreign material. The remaining bearings will be heavy-duty, deep groove ball bearings in the gearbox and will be splash lubricated.

PUMP PACKING
The pump shaft will have one (1) packing gland located on inlet side of the pump and will be of the split design for ease of repacking.

The packing gland will be a full -circle threaded design to exert uniform pressure on packing and prevent "cocking" and uneven packing load when it is tightened.

The packing gland will be easily adjusted by hand (with a rod or screwdriver, no special tools or wrenches required).

The packing rings will be of a unique, permanently lubricated, long -life graphite composition and have sacrificial zinc foil separators to protect the pump shaft from galvanic corrosion.

PUMP TRANSMISSION
The drive unit will be cast and completely manufactured and tested at the Hale Products, Inc. factory.

The pump drive unit will be of sufficient size to withstand up to 16,000 foot/ pounds of torque from the engine in both the road and pump operating conditions. The drive unit is will be designed with ample lubrication reserve to maintain the proper operating temperature.

The gearbox drive shafts will be of heat treated chrome nickel steel and 2.75" in diameter on both the input and output drive shafts. They will be designed to withstand the full torque of the engine in both road and pump operating conditions.

All gears, both drive and pump, will be of the highest quality, electric furnace, chrome nickel steel.

Bores will be ground to size and teeth integrated, crown -shaved and hardened, to give an extremely accurate gear for long life, smooth, quiet running and higher load carrying capability. An accurately cut spur design will be provided to eliminate all possible end thrust.

Pierce Manufacturing will select the pump ratio to provide the maximum performance with the engine and transmission selected. Three (3) green warning lights will be provided to indicate to the operator(s) when the pump has completed the shift from Road to Pump position. Two (2) lights will be located in the truck driving compartment and one (1) light on pump operator's panel adjacent to the throttle control.

PUMPING MODE
An interlock system will be provided to ensure that the pump drive system components are properly engaged so that the apparatus can be safely operated. The interlock system will be designed to allow stationary pumping only.

As Proposed 89 of 122 1-19-23

AIR PUMP SHIFT
Pump shift engagement will be made by a two (2) position sliding collar, actuated pneumatically (by air pressure), with a three (3) position air control switch located in the cab.

Two (2) indicator lights will be provided adjacent to the pump shift inside the cab. One (1) green light will indicate the pump shift has been completed and be labeled "pump engaged". The second green light will indicate when the pump has been engaged and the chassis transmission is in pump gear.

This indicator light will be labeled "OK to pump".

The pump shift will be interlocked to prevent the pump from being shifted out of gear when the chassis transmission is in gear to meet NFPA requirements.

The pump shift control in the cab will be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements.

TRANSMISSION LOCK -UP
The direct gear transmission lock -up for the fire pump operation will engage automatically when the pump shift control in the cab is activated.

AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM
A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. The heat exchanger will be a separate unit. It will be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. The exchanger will be plumbed to the master drain valve.

INTAKE RELIEF VALVE - PUMP
There will be One (1) Elkhart Style 40 relief valve(s) installed on the suction side of the pump preset at 200 prig.

The relief valve(s) will have a working range of 75 psi to 250 psi.

The outlet will terminate below the frame rails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter and will have a "do not cap" warning tag.

The relief valve pressure control will be located behind behind the right side pump panel with a stainless steel access door.

RELIEF VALVE WITH INDICATOR LIGHT
Pump will be equipped with a Hale automatic pressure control device.

A single bronze, variable pressure setting relief valve will be provided and be of ample capacity to prevent an undue pressure rise, as per NFPA pamphlet #1901.

Relief valve will be normally closed and will open against pump pressure. This relief valve will include a control light to signal when the valve is open.

In the event of relief valve control failure, the pump will remain operable for the complete range of the pump's rated capacity, without requiring the closing of any emergency (off/on) valves.

As Proposed 90 of 122 1-19-23

HALE ESP PRIMING PUMP
Priming pump will be a positive displacement vane type, electrically driven, and conforming to standards outlined in NFPA pamphlet #1901.

One (1) priming control will both open the priming valve and start the priming motor.

Primer will be environmentally safe, self lubricating style.

GARDEN HOSE DIRECT TANK FILL
There will be a 0.75" direct tank fill terminating at the on the driver side pump panel pump panel with a female garden hose swivel thread adapter and plug. A 0.75" "T" swing handle valve and plumbing will be provided.

The direct tank fill will be plumbed to the water tank dome just above the height of the overflow pipe to eliminate head pressure while in use. A stainless steel elbow will be installed in the water tank dome, pointing down to prevent water from entering the over flow tube.

PAVEMENT COOLER
A pavement cooler will be provided for the chassis exhaust. This will consist of a 112" quarter turn valve and a Nee" nozzle directed at the point where the chassis exhaust discharges onto the pavement.

RECIRCULATING LINE WITH CHECK VALVE
A 0.50" diameter recirculating line, from the pump to the water tank, will be furnished with a control installed at the pump operator's control panel. A check valve will be provided in this line to prevent the back flow of water from the tank to the pump if the valve is left in the open position.

PUMP DRAIN LOCATION
The master pump drain will be located so that the drain or the drain lines do not interfere with access to the pump transmission fill plug.

PUMP MANUALS
There will be a total of two (2) pump manuals provided by the pump manufacturer and furnished with the apparatus. The manuals will be provided by the pump manufacturer in the form of two (2) electronic copies. Each manual will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts.

PLUMBING STAINLESS STEEL AND HOSE
All inlet and outlet lines will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe, flexible polypropylene tubing or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi -tensile polyester braid. All hose's will be equipped with brass or stainless steel couplings. All stainless steel hard plumbing will be a minimum of a schedule 10 wall thickness.

Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings.

Plumbing manifold bodies will be ductile cast iron or stainless steel.

As Proposed 91 of 122 1-19-23

All piping lines are to be drained through a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain valves. All drain lines will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame.

All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing.

All piping, hose and fittings will have a minimum of a 500 PSI hydrodynamic pressure rating.

FOAM SYSTEM PLUMBING
All piping that is in contact with the foam concentrate or foam/water solution will be stainless steel. The fittings will be stainless steel or brass. Cast iron pump manifolds will be allowed.

MAIN PUMP INLETS
A 6.00" pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump.

SHORT SUCTION TUBE(S)
The suction tube(s) on the water pump will have short suction tube(s) installed to allow for installation of adapters, elbows or intake valves without excessive overhang.

INLET VALVES WITH INTAKE RELIEF VALVE
There will be Two (2) Task Force Tips (TFT) ABD Series manually operated aluminum ball intake valve(s) provided at on the driver and passenger side pump inlets .

The inlet connection will be 7NP (4.0" Threaded Swivel) with a matching and the outlet connection will be NX (6.0" Threaded Swivel) .

The ball intake valve will be controlled with a NFPA compliant slow -close hand wheel. A position indicator will be provided to allow for a quick visualization of the status of the valve in the open, closed or transition position.

The ball intake valve will be equipped with standard adjustable pressure relief valve. The relief valve will have a working range of 90 PSI to 300 PSI.

A 314" TFT bleeder/drain valve will be provided on the ball intake valve to exhaust excess air or water from the valve.

For corrosion protection the aluminum casting will have a hard coat anodized finish, with a powder coated internal and external finish. All the components facing the wet side of the valve will be constructed from stainless steel.

MAIN PUMP INLET CAP
The main pump inlets will have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap.

The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.

As Proposed 92 of 122 1-19-23

VALVES
All ball valves will be Akron® Brass. The Akron valves will be the 8900 series heavy-duty style with a polymer ball and a simple two -seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve.

Valves will have a ten (10) year warranty.

The location of the valve for the two (2) inlets will be recessed behind the pump panel.

INLET CONTROL
The side auxiliary inlet(s) will incorporate a quarter -turn ball valve with the control located at the inlet valve. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve.

LEFT SIDE INLET
There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the left side pump panel, terminating with a

2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug.

RIGHT SIDE INLET
There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the right side pump panel, terminating with a

2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug.

ANODE, INLET
A pair of sacrificial zinc anodes will be provided in the water pump inlets to protect the pump from corrosion.

FRONT INLET
A 4.00" inlet front inlet that extends through the front bumper extension on the right side will be provided.

The plumbing will consist of 5.00" stainless steel and a 5.00" Jamesbury butterfly valve . Only radius elbows will be used in the piping, no mitered joints.

Drains will be furnished in all the low points of piping and have .75" valves with T swing handle.

Bleeder valves will be located near the threaded connection and the valve control.

Die cast zinc screens will be provided at the front inlet connection.

FRONT INLET CONTROL
The front inlet will be gated with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve or an indicator will be provided to show when the valve is closed.

There will be an electric valve controller provided. The control will be momentary to allow the valve to be gated for ease of operation. Indicator lights will be provided to show if the valve is open or closed.

As Proposed 93 of 122 1-19-23

FRONT INLET INTAKE RELIEF VALVE
An Elkhart Brass Style 40 intake pressure relief valve will be provided on the inlet side of the valve preset at 200 psig.

The pressure relief valve will be adjustable from 75 to 250 psi.

The outlet will be 2.50" National Standard hose thread and terminate below the frame rails and will have a "do not cap" warning tag near the discharge outlet.

FRONT INLET PIPING
The piping for the front inlet will extend thru the front bumper and terminate with a chrome plated National Standard hose thread adapter, so that the adapter threads protrude just far enough to allow a hose coupling to be installed.

FRONT INLET CAP
The front inlet will have National Standard hose threads with a long handle cap.

The cap will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.

The cap will be fabricated from brass material.

INLET BLEEDER VALVE
A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a "T" swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails.

ANK TO PUMP
The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with stainless steel piping and a quarter turn 3.00" full flow line valve with the control remotely located at the operator's panel. Tank to pump fine will run straight (no elbows) from the pump into the front face of the water tank and angle down into the tank sump. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing.

A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank.

TANK REFILL
A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re -circulation line will be provided, using a quarter -turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel.

As Proposed 94 of 122 1-19-23

DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS
The discharge outlets will incorporate a quarter -turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve.

If a handwheel control valve is used, the control will be a minimum of a 3.9" diameter stainless steel handwheel with a dial position indicator built in to the center of the handwheel.

Any 3.00 inch or larger discharge valve will be a slow -operating valve in accordance with NFPA

16.7.5.3. LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be Two (2) discharge outlets with a 2.50" valve on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter.

LEFT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the left side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.

RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be Two (2) discharge outlets with a 2.50" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter.

RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the right side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.

There will be One (1) discharge outlet with a 3.00" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 3.00" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter.

Any 3.00 inch or larger discharge valve will be a slow -operating valve in accordance with NFPA

16.7.5.3. ADDITIONAL RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The 3.00" discharge outlets, located on the right side pump panel, will be furnished with a 3.00" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.

As Proposed 95 of 122 1-19-23

FRONT DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be one (1) 1.50" discharge outlet piped to the front of the apparatus and located in the center bumper tray.

Plumbing will consist of 2.00" piping and flexible hose with a 2.00" ball valve with control at the pump operator's panel. A fabricated weldment made of stainless steel pipe will be used in the plumbing where appropriate. The piping will terminate with a 1.50" NST chrome adapter.

There will be automatic drains provided at all low points of the piping.

REAR DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be One (1) discharge outlet piped to the rear of the hose bed, left side, installed so proper clearance is provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operators panel.

REAR OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located at the rear of the apparatus will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.

DISCHARGE CAPS/ INLET PLUGS
Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chain will be furnished for all discharge outlets 1.00" thru 3.00" in size, besides the pre -connected hose outlets.

Chrome plated, rocker lug, plugs with chain will be furnished for all auxiliary inlets 1.00" thru 3.00" in size.

The caps and plugs will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.

OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE
A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. Automatic drain valves are acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a T swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position.

The T swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails.

As Proposed 96 of 122 1-19-23

DISCHARGE DRAIN VALVES
Provide a manual style drain in all low plumbing points that would normally have automatic drains.

DELUGE RISER
A 3.00" deluge riser will be installed above the pump in such a manner that a monitor can be mounted and used effectively. Piping will be rigidly braced and installed securely so no movement develops when the line is charged. The riser will be gated and controlled at the pump operator's panel.

Any 3.00 inch or larger discharge valve will be a slow -operating valve in accordance with NFPA

16.7.5.3. TELESCOPIC PIPING
The deluge riser piping will include an 18.00" Task Force Model XG18 Extend -A -Gun extension.

This extension will be telescopic to allow the deluge gun to be raised 18.00" increasing the range of operation.

A position sensor will be provided on the telescopic piping that will activate the "do not move vehicle" light inside the cab when the monitor is in the raised position.

MONITOR
A monitor package will be properly installed on the deluge riser.

The monitor package will include a 1250 GPM monitor with a 10.00" stream shaper and quad stack tips.

A SAFE-TAK portable base unit with a single 4" NST inlet will be provided.

The monitor will be painted painted to match the body.

The deluge riser Extend -a -Gun will have provisions for direct mounting a Task Force Tips CrossFire monitor.

CROSSLAY HOSE BEDS
Two (2) crosslays with 1.50" outlets will be provided. Each bed to be capable of carrying 200' of 1.75" double jacketed hose and will be plumbed with 2.00" W. pipe and gated with a 2.00" quarter turn ball valve.

Outlets to be equipped with a 1.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel located in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus.

The crosslay controls will be at the pump operator's panel.

The center crosslay dividers will be fabricated of 0.25" aluminum and will provide adjustment from side to side. The divider will be unpainted with a brushed finish.

Vertical scuffplates constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the front and rear ends of the bed on each side of vehicle.

As Proposed 97 of 122 1-19-23

Crosslay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum.

DEADLAY HOSE BEDS
One (1) deadlay bed, without plumbing, will be provided above the pump compartment capable of carrying 200' of 1.75".

The center crosslay dividers will be fabricated of .25" aluminum and will provide adjustment from side to side. The divider will be unpainted with a DA finish. The remainder of the crosslay bed will be painted job color.

Stainless steel vertical scuffplates will be provided at hose bed ends (each side of vehicle). Bottom of hose bed ends (each side) will also be equipped with a stainless steel scuffplate.

Deadlay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum.

CROSSLAYMEADLAY HOSE RESTRAINT
A black 1.00" nylon webbing design with 2.00" box pattern will be provided across each end of two (2) crosslayldeadlay(s) to secure the hose during travel. The webbing will be permanently attached at the bottom of the crosslayldeadlay opening(s). 1.00" web straps will loop through footman loops located at the opposite end of the permanently attached webbing. The straps will attach with a pair of velcro straps fasteners.

CROSSLAY COVER
A bi-fold .19" aluminum treadplate cover will be installed over the crosslay hose beds. It will include a latch at each end of the cover to hold it securely in place, a chrome grab handle at each end for opening and closing the cover and a foam rubber gasket where the cover comes into contact to a painted surface.

CROSSLAY 8.00" LOWER THAN STANDARD
The crosslays will be lowered 8.00" from standard.

CROSSLAY SCUFFPLATE
The front and rear crosslay walls, (dividers not included), will be lined with brushed stainless steel scuffplates.

Scuffplates will be unpainted.

BOOSTER HOSE REEL
A Hannay electric rewind booster hose reel will be installed over the pump in a recessed open compartment on the right side of the apparatus.

The exterior finish of the reel will be painted job color matching the upper body.

A polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly will be mounted on the reel side of the apparatus.

Discharge control will be provided at the pump operator's panel. Plumbing to the reel will consist of

1.50" Aeroquip hose and a 1.50" valve.

Reel motor will be protected from overload with an automatic reset circuit breaker.

As Proposed 98 of 122 1-19-23

One (1) foot actuated, stirrup type, electric rewind control (switch) will be installed below the running board.

Booster hose, 1.00" diameter and 200 feet, with chrome plated Barway, or equal couplings will be provided.

Working pressure of the booster hose will be a minimum of 800 psi.

Capacity of the hose reel will be 200 feet of 1.00" booster hose.

HOSEREEL ACCESS
A cutout will be provided in the side sheet next to the booster hose reel. This cutout will allow access to the hose and provide a window to view the reel. Stainless steel rollers with nylon bushings will be mounted horizontally and vertically around the cutout.

PRESSURE GAUGE
There will be a pressure gauge provided for one (1) hose reel(s). The gauge will be located on the driver side pump panel. The gauge will match the discharge outlet gauges.

There will be one (1) additional polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly mounted over the driver side pumphouse.

FOAM CONCENTRATE PROPORTIONING SYSTEM
A Hypro FoamPro®, Model 2002, foam system will be provided as the means for the proportioning of foam concentrate into the water stream. The F'oamPro is an electronic, fully automatic, variable speed, direct injection, discharge side foam proportioning system.

This system will be a single agent system capable of handling Class A foam concentrates, as well as most Class B foam concentrates.

The foam system will be plumbed to five (5) discharges. The discharges capable of dispensing foam will be front bumper, booster reel, both crosslays and rear discharge.

The foam proportioning system operation will be based on a direct measurement of water flows, and remain consistent within the specified flow and pressure. The system will be equipped with a digital electronic control display on the pump panel. Incorporated within the control display will be a microprocessor, which receives input from the system flow meter while also monitoring the foam concentrate pump output. The microprocessor will compare the values of the water flow versus the foam flow, to ensure the proportion rate is accurate.

One (1) paddle wheel will be installed to monitor all foam discharges.

Push button control for the form proportioning rate will allow a ratio from .1 percent to 3 percent in .1 percent increments.

The rated capacity of this system will be 166 gpm at 3 percent and 1000 gpm at .5 percent.

A 5 gpm positive displacement foam pump will be powered by a 12 vdc electric motor.

As Proposed 99 of 122 1-19-23

One (1) check valve will be installed in the plumbing to prevent foam from contaminating the water pump. The check valve will be approved by the foam system manufacturer.

FOAM TANK
The foam tank will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of 40 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class A foam. The brand of foam stored in this tank will be to be determined. The foam cell will not reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid.

FOAM TANK DRAIN
The foam tank drain will be a 1.00" drain valve located inside the pump compartment accessible through a door on the right side pump panel.

The following drawing(s) will be provided for approval by the customer. The drawing(s) will be made for up One (01) Truck apparatus and/or similar Pierce job number.

PUMP OPERATOR'S PANEL DRAWING
A detailed drawing to scale of the pump operator's panel will be provided for the customer to review.

The drawing will include all of the gauges, controls, switching, etc.., located on the pump operator's panel. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved pump operator's panel drawing will become part of the contract documents.

Due to the way drain(s), bleeder(s), operational/maintenance tag(s) and NFPA required warning tag(s) are placed on pump panel(s), these items will NOT be shown on any pump panel approval drawing(s).

These item(s) will be placed on pump panel(s) at the fire apparatus manufacturer discretion.

REMAINING PUMP PANEL(S)
Detailed drawing(s) to scale of the remaining pump panel(s) will be provided for the customer to review.

The drawing(s) will include all of the gauges, controls, switching, etc.., located on the pump panel(s).

The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to these approval drawing(s). The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing(s) per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved pump panel drawing(s) will become part of the contract documents.

Due to the way drain(s), bleeder(s), operational/maintenance tag(s) and NFPA required warning tag(s) are placed on pump panel(s), these items will NOT be shown on any pump panel approval drawing(s).

These item(s) will be placed on pump panel(s) at the fire apparatus manufacturer discretion.

COLOR CODED TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the colors used on all of the inlet(s) and outiet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval As Proposed 100 of 122 1-19-23

drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the colors will become part of the contract documents.

SPECIAL TEXTNERBIAGE TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the text/verbiage used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the text/verbiage will become part of the contract documents.

PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION
The pump panel configuration will be arranged and installed in an organized manner that will provide user-friendly operation.

PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL
The pump and gauge panels will be constructed of stainless steel with a brushed finish. A polished aluminum trim molding will be provided on both sides of the pump panel.

PUMP ACCESS
Right Side Panel
The right side upper pump panel will be removable.

Panel Fastener
The removable panels will be secured with black swell latch.

The left side pump panels will be attached with screws.

The right side lower pump panel (drain bank) will be attached with screws.

PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT
There will be one (1) Whelen@, Model 3SCOCDCR, 3.00" white 12 volt DC LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FL4NGEC, flange(s) installed in the pump compartment.

There will be a switch accessible through a door on the pump panel included with this installation.

Engine monitoring graduated LED indicators will be incorporated with the pressure controller.

Also provided at the pump panel will be the following:
- Master Pump Drain Control
As Proposed 101 of 122 1-19-23

ENGINE THROTTLE
A Fire Research (FRC) InfinityPRO model ETA400 series remote engine throttle will be installed on the pump operator's panel. The case and control knob will be machined from anodized aluminum, waterproof, and have dimensions not to exceed 2.50" diameter and 4.375" deep. The control knob will be 2.00" in diameter with a serrated grip, no mechanical stops, and have a red idle push button in the center.

The remote engine throttle will set the engine RPM to idle when the pump engaged interlock signal is recognized regardless of the control knob position. It will use optical technology to detect the direction and speed of the control knob when it is rotated.

The control knob will programmed to be used in the clockwise rotation to increase engine speed and counterclockwise to decrease engine speed.

THROTTLE READY GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light with label installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in Throttle Ready mode.

OK TO PUMP INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in Ok To Pump mode.

SPEAKER ON 1 OFF SWITCH
An On 1 Off switch and label will be provided on the driver side pump panel for the two-way radio speaker at the pump panel.
- A pump RPM test port

VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES
The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1 Incorporated The gauges will be a minimum of 6.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering, with a pressure range of 30.00"-0-600#.

The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel.

Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel, One will be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have 0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and polished stainless steel plugs. They will be marked with a label.

PRESSURE GAUGES
The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be interlube filled and manufactured by Class 1©.

The gauges will be a minimum of 3.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering.

As Proposed 102 of 122 1-19-23

Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut.

Gauges will have a pressure range of 30"-0-400#.

The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical.

This gauge will include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube.

WATER LEVEL GAUGE
An Ernst sight tube water level indicator will be mounted on the gauge panel with an unrestricted view for the operator.

Gauge will have an unbreakable Lexan tube.

FOAM LEVEL GAUGE
An electronic foam level gauge will be provided on the operator's panel that registers foam level by means of five (5) colored LED lights. The lights will be durable, ultra -bright five (5) LED design viewable through 180 degrees. The foam level indicators will be as follows:
• 100 percent = Green
• 75 percent = Yellow
• 50 percent = Yellow
• 25 percent = Yellow
• Refill = Red
The light will flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights will flash sequentially when the foam tank is empty.

The level measurement will be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank.

The display will be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design will provide complete protection from foam and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer will be mounted to the outside of the tank. The display will be able to be calibrated in the field and will measure head pressure to accurately show the tank level.

LIGHT SHIELD
There will be a polished, 16 gauge stainless steel light shield will be installed over the pump operators panel.

There will be three (3) On Scene Solutions Night Axe, Model 70005, 18.00" LED lights installed under the stainless steel light shield to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house.

One (1) pump panel light will come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode.

As Proposed 103 of 122 1-19-23

There will be a light activated above the pump panel light switch when the parking brake is set. This is to afford the operator some illumination when first approaching the control panel.

ADDITIONAL STEWLIGHT SHIELD
There will be an additional aluminum treadplate stepping surface no less than 8.00" deep and properly reinforced to support a man's weight, installed over the passenger's side pump panel.

There will be On Scene Solutions Night Axe, Model 700**, 12 volt DC white LED strip light(s) installed under the step to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated when the parking brake is applied. Additional lights will be included depending on the size of the pump house.

There will be one (1) white LED, step light provided above the step. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each step light will provide a minimum of 25 foot -candies (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. The step light will be activated by the pump panel light switch and when the parking brake is applied.

AIR HORN SYSTEM
Two (2) Hadley®, eTone, chrome air horns will be recessed in the front bumper. The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air in the brake system.

Air Horn Location
The air horns will be located on each side of the bumper, towards the outside.

Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
• Right side chrome push button switch
• Steering wheel horn ring with electriclair horn selector switch

ELECTRONIC SIREN
A Whelen, Model 295HFSA7 electronic siren and remote head with a removable unidirectional microphone will be installed.

The model to be used will be determined by the chassis and location of the siren remote head.

The siren will contain a remote siren head and a siren amplifier with a dual system build in to the amplifier.

The siren features will include:
• Six (6) function siren plus radio repeat and public address • Will meet California Title 13 and SAE J1849 specifications. • Model 295HFSA7 will operate two (2) 100 watt speakers • Operates is dual or mono modes.

As Proposed 104 of 122 1-19-23

• External dip switch selectable modes of operation.
• Outputs 2 independent siren tones creating a "rich harmonic dual tone sound". • "Hands Free" operation. Turn OnlOff and access all three siren tones (wail, yelp, and Piercer) without taking hands from the steering wheel.
• PTT (push to talk) switch on microphone overrides all siren functions. • Removable unidirectional microphone.
• Adjustable microphone volume.
• Adjustable preset radio repeat volume.
• Input polarity protection.
• Output short circuit protection.
• External mini spade -type fuse.
• Bi-polarity horn/ring control activation.
• Quick disconnect plug for ease of service or replacement. • Five year HDP "Heavy Duty Professional' warranty on amp.

This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and the emergency master switch is on.

Electronic siren head will be recessed in the driver side center switch panel.

ELECTRONIC SIREN CONTROL
The electronic siren will be activated by the following:

The right side push button.
• The steering wheel horn ring with siren/horn selector switch. • The control to be available when the emergency master switch is on.

SPEAKER
There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model SA315P, black nylon composite, 100-watt, speaker with through bumper mounting brackets and polished stainless steel grille provided. The speaker will be connected to the siren amplifier.

The speaker will be recessed in the left side of the front bumper, just outside of the frame rail.

AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q213 mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus.

The Q213 will be chrome finish.

The siren will have a 2-gauge cable connected to a power solenoid that is connected by a 2-gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q2B+ at the battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.

As Proposed 105 of 122 1-19-23

The siren will have a 2-gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q213- at the battery.

The mechanical siren will be recessed in the front bumper on the left side. The siren will be properly supported using the bumper framework.

MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
• DS cab switch shall activate the mechanical siren for seven (7) seconds and then deactivate it for (10) seconds. This on/off cycling to remain until the DS cab switch is engaged a second time.
• Left side foot switch.

A momentary chrome push button switch will be included in the right side dash panel to activate the siren brake.

FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be an 81.00" Whelen® FreedomTM IV LED Gghtbar mounted on the cab roof.

The lightbar will include the following:
• One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side rear corner position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side end position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side front corner position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side first front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side second front position. • One (1) white flashing LED module in the driver's side third front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fourth front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fifth front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side sixth front position. • One (1) 795 LED traffic light controller set to national standard high priority in the center position.
• One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side sixth front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fifth front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fourth front position. • One (1) white flashing LED module in the passenger's side third front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side second front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side first front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side front corner position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side end position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side rear corner position.

As Proposed 106 of 122 1-19-23

There will be clear lenses and colored filters included on the lightbar.

The following switches may be installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar:
• a switch to control the flashing LED modules
the traffic light controller will be with the emergency master switch only there will be no momentary switch to activate the traffic light controller The two (2) white flashing LED modules and the traffic light controller will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.

The ten (10) red flashing LED modules in the front positions and two (2) red flashing LED modules in the rear corner positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.

FRONT ZONE LOWER LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Whelen®, 4.31" high x 6.75" wide x 1.37" deep lights installed on the cab face above the headlights, in a common bezel matching the one for the headlamps per the following. • One (1) Model M6** flashing light installed in the left side outside position. The left side outside warning light to include red LEDs.
• One (1) Model M6RS steady burning light installed in the left side inside position. The light will include red LEDs.
• One (1) Model M6RS steady burning light installed in the right side inside position. The light will include red LEDs.
• One (1) Model M6** flashing light installed in the right side outside position. The right side outside warning light to include red LEDs.
• The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs.
• The housing to be polished and the trim shall be chrome.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights.

HEADLIGHT FLASHER
The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side.

There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on.

The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi -beam headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set.

SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be six (6) Whelen®, Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim installed per the following:

Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side on the bumper extension. The driver's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs.

As Proposed 107 of 122 1-19-23

Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side of cab rearward of crew cab doors. The driver's side, side middle light to include red warning LEDs and the [Color, Lt Side Mid PS].

Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side above rear wheels. The [Color, Lt Side Rear DS] and the [Color, Lt Side Rear PS].
• The warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights.

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M9**, 6.50" high x 10.37" wide x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning light(s) with chrome trim provided, one each side forward on the hatch compartment.

The light(s) to include red LEDs. The warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs.

These lights will be activated with the rear upper warning switch.

White LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.

Amber, blue, green or red LEDs may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.

REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6*, LED flashing warning lights will be located at the rear of the apparatus.
• The driver's side rear light to be red
• The passenger's side rear light to be red
Both lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LSD's.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights.

WARNING LIGHTS (REAR AND SIDE UPPER ZONES)
There will be four (4), Whelen®, Model M9**C, 6.50" high x 10.37" wide x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim provided at the rear of the apparatus per the following:
• The side upper rear light on the left side to include amber flashing LEDs. • The rear upper light on the left side to include red flashing LEDs. • The rear upper light on the right side to include red flashing LEDs. • The side upper rear light on the right side to include red flashing LEDs. • The warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights.

REAR UPPER ZONE BLOCKING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M6*, flashing LED lights provided at the rear of apparatus at a level of 62.00" or higher, below the upper rear warning on the rear body bulkheads.

The color of these lights will red LED/red lens.

As Proposed 108 of 122 1-19-23

The lights will be activated with the rear upper warning switch.

These lights will be installed with a flange.

TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model TANF85, 45.12" long x 2.37" high x 2.37" deep, amber LED traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus.

The Whelen, Model TACTLS, control head will be included with this installation.

The controller will be energized when the battery switch is on.

The auxiliary flash not activated.

This traffic directing light will be recessed with a stainless steel trim plate at the rear of the apparatus as high as practical.

The traffic directing light controller will be located within the overhead recessed console above the engine tunnel on the driver's side.

INVERTER
There will be a Xantrex Model 817-1000, 1000W, 12 volt DC to 120 volt AC inverter with a built in LCD display, on/off switch and internal 30A transfer relay provided.

A master on/off switch will be located in the driver side cab switch panel.

The inverter will be connected directly to the batteries through proper fusing and also to shoreline AC power.

When the shoreline is connected to the truck, the internal auto transfer switch will allow AC shoreline power to pass through the inverter to the AC loads connected to the inverter.

This inverter will be rated at 750 watts to meet NFPA requirements.

INVERTER/BATTERY CHARGER LOCATION
The inverter/battery charger will be installed in the left side lower front body compartment high and to the left side of the compartment.

REVIEW REQUIRED, INVERTER
After analyzing historical data, Pierce has concluded that the mission critical loads of orders containing inverters consistently exceeds the capacity of the alternator.

Options for inverters and inverter/chargers must be created to show NFPA 1901 de -rate, quantitative value, and supplier inverter installation requirements for mounting locations determined by distance from batteries.

To best serve our customers and prevent order validation errors, all inverter option requests will now require a technical review to be performed by Electrical Engineering or an Electrical Product Coordinator.

As Proposed 109 of 122 1-19-23

After a review has been performed and determined to be within acceptable parameters to ensure the functional integrity of the apparatus electrical system, SP 889570 (Approved, Inverter) will be sent to the requesting proposal that will clear the validation issue relating to the inverter requested.

If after the review it is determined that the inverter request is unacceptable regarding maintaining the functional integrity of the apparatus electrical system, suggestions may be made from the reviewer to the sales representative of the proposal of possible changes that would bring the inverter application into acceptable compliance with the functional integrity of the apparatus electrical system. Otherwise, the request will be denied.

Requests for inverters rated above 150OW by the manufacturer will be labeled Non-NFPA and will be load managed. If the technical review of an order finds that the chassis alternator cannot support 150OW or lower inverter options, a Non-NFPA option will have to be requested. 120 VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be two (2), 15/20 amp 120 volt AC three (3) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s) with interior stainless steel wall plate(s), installed one each side in the left and right rear facing ems compartment. The NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be 5-20R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the shoreline to 120 volt AC power inverter internal transfer sw.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:
• Line Voltage
• Current Rafting (amps)
• Phase
• Frequency
120 VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be one (1), 15/20 amp 120 volt AC three (3) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s) with interior stainless steel wall plate(s), installed in a location to be deterined in the LS3 compartment. The NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be 5-20R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the shoreline to 120 volt AC power inverter internal transfer sw.

There will be a label installed near the receptacfe(s) that state the following:
• Line Voltage
• Current Ratting (amps)
• Phase
• Frequency
120 VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be one (1), Woodhead 15 amp 120 volt AC three (3) wire twist lock receptacle(s) with flip up cover(s) installed on the passenger side rear body. The NEMA configuration for the receptacles will be L5-15R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the on board 12 volt DC to 120 volt AC power inverter.

As Proposed 110 of 122 1-19-23

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:
• Line Voltage
• Current Ratting (amps)
• Phase
• Frequency

LOOSE EQUIPMENT
The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit:
• One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit.

NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.3 and 5.9.4 will be provided by the fire department.
• 800 ft (60 m) of 2.50" (65 mm) or larger fire hose.
• 400 ft (120 m) of 1.50" (38 mm), 1.75" (45 mm), or 2.00" (52 mm) fire hose. • One (1) handline nozzle, 200 gpm (750 L/min) minimum. • Two (2) handline nozzles, 95 gpm (360 L/min) minimum. • One (1) smoothbore of combination nozzle with 2.50" shutoff that flows a minimum of 250 gpm. • One (1) SCBA complying with NFPA 1981 for each assigned seating position, but not fewer than four (4), mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus or stored in containers supplied by the SCBA manufacturer.
• One (1) spare SCBA cylinder for each SCBA carried, each mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus or stored in a specially designed storage space(s). • One (1) first aid kit.
• Four (4) combination spanner wrenches.
• Two (2) hydrant wrenches.
• One (1) double female 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads. • One (1) double male 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads. • One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections. • Two (2) salvage covers each a minimum size of 12 ft x 14 ft (3.7 m x 4.3 m). • One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207, Standard for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five -point breakaway feature that includes two (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front. • Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro-reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro-reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the

6.00" (152 mm) band.
• Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.
• One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED).

As Proposed 111 of 122 1-19-23

• Four (4) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983, Standard on Fire Service Life Safety Rope and System Components (if equipped with an aerial device). • if the supply hose carried does not use sexless couplings, an additional double female adapter and double male adapter, sized to fit the supply hose carried, will be carried mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.
• if none of the pump intakes are valved, a hose appliance that is equipped with one or more gated intakes with female swivel connection(s) compatible with the supply hose used on one side and a swivel connection with pump intake threads on the other side will be carried. Any intake connection larger than 3.00" (75 mm) will include a pressure relief device that meets the requirements of 16.6.6.
• If the apparatus does not have a 2.50" National Hose (NH) intake, an adapter from 2.50" NH female to a pump intake will be carried, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the intake.
• If the supply hose carried has other than 2.50" National Hose (NH) threads, adapters will be carried to allow feeding the supply hose from a 2.50" NH thread male discharge and to allow the hose to connect to a 2.50" NH female intake, mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the discharge or intake.

SOFT SUCTION HOSE
There will be no soft suction hose provided.

DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.4 requires one (1) approved dry chemical portable fire extinguisher with a minimum 80-B:C rating mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.

WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.4 requires one (1) 2.5 gallon or larger water extinguisher mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured_ The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.

FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 5.9.4 requires one (1) flathead axe mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.

PICKHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 5.9.4 requires one (1) pickhead axe mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

As Proposed 112 of 122 1-19-23

The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.

PAINT PROCESS
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows:

1. Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

2. Chemical Cleaninq and Pretreatment - All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature 3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion.

3. Surfacer Primer - The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a two -component high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded.

4. Finish Sanding - The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultra - smooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat.

5. Sealer Primer - The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two -component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated.

6. Basecoat Paint - Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment.

7. Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two -component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll -up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll -up doors will be provided by the roll -up door manufacturer.

After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color.

All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly.

As Proposed 113 of 122 1-19-23

The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW15777 global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6 A.C.T.standard in critical areas.

The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request.

Environmental Im act
Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions:
• Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.
• Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on -site to remove any other heavy metals. • Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a 99.99 percent efficiency factor.
• Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98 percent. Water wash systems will be 99.97 percent efficient
• Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean.
• Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner. • Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal. • Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on -site or sent off -site for distillation and returned for reuse.

Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations.

CAB PAINT
The cab will be painted 268 Red.

BODY PAINT
The body will be painted to match the lower section of the cab.

PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be finished with a single system black top coat before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc.

Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint • Two (2) C-channel frame rails
Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted not e-coated are:
• Cross members
As Proposed 114 of 122 1-19-23

• Axles
• Suspensions
• Steering gear
• Battery boxes
• Bumper extension weldment
• Frame extensions
• Body mounting angles
• Rear Body support substructure (front and rear)
• Pump house substructure
• Air tanks
• Steel fuel tank
• Castings
• Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown.

AXLE HUB PAINT
All axle hubs will be painted to match lower job color.

COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT
The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks.

REFLECTIVE BAND
A 6.00" white reflective band will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body.

The reflective band provided on the cab face will be at the headlight level.

REAR CHEVRON STRIPING
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear -facing vertical surface of the apparatus.

The rear surface, excluding the rear compartment door, will be covered.

The colors will be red and fluorescent yellow green diamond grade.

Each stripe will be 6.00" in width.

This will meet the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1901, which states that 50% of the rear surface will be covered with chevron striping.

INVERTED "V" CHEVRON STRIPING ON CAB AND CREW CAB DOORS There will be alternating chevron striping located on the inside of each cab and crew cab door.

The striping will consist of the following colors:

The first color will be red diamond grade
The second color will be fluorescent yellow green diamond grade As Proposed 115 of 122 1-19-23

The size of the striping will be 4.00".

LETTERING
The lettering will be totally encapsulated between two (2) layers of clear vinyl.

LETTERING
Forty-one (41) to sixty (60) genuine gold leaf lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided.

LETTERING
One (1) to twenty (20) reflective lettering, 5.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided.

LETTERING
Twenty-one (21) to forty (40) reflective lettering, 12.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided.

LETTERING
One (1) to twenty (20) genuine gold leaf lettering, 8.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided.

SIGN KIT FOR LETTERINGMUMERALS
four (4) painted stainless steel plate(s) and holder(s) will be provided for department lettering. They will be mounted one each side and match previous job in size.

EMBLEM
There will be one (1) pair of emblems with the words "HONORING AMERICA'S BRAVEST 9-11-01" and a firefighter's helmet will be mounted high behind the crew cab doors.high behind the crew cab doors The emblems will be color imaged.

CAB GRILLE DESIGN
An American flag design will be painted on the cab grille.

FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUAL
There will be one (1) custom parts manual(s) in USB flash drive format for the complete fire apparatus provided.

The manual(s) will contain the following:
• Job number
• Part numbers with full descriptions
• Table of contents
• Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly • Parts section sorted in alphabetical order
• Instructions on how to locate parts
Each manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.

As Proposed 116 of 122 1-19-23

Service Parts Internet Site
The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the Pierce website. The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly.

CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS
There will be one (1) chassis service manuals on USB flash drives containing parts and service information on major components provided with the completed unit.

The manual will contain the following sections:
• Job number
• Table of contents
• Troubleshooting
• Front Axle/Suspension
• Brakes
• Engine
• Tres
• Wheels
• Cab
• Electrical, DC
• Air Systems
• Plumbing
• Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.

CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL
The chassis operation manual will be provided on one (1) USB flash drive.

ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal.

ENGINE WARRANTY
A Cummins five (5) year limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA0181, is included with this proposal.

STEERING GEAR WARRANTY
A TRW one (1) year limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package.

FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom chassis frame limited warranty certificate, WA0013, is included with this proposal.

As Proposed 117 of 122 1-19-23

FRONT AXLE FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A MeritorTm Axle 5 year limited warranty will be provided.

SINGLE REAR AXLE FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A MeritorTm Axle 5 year limited warranty will be provided. _ABS _BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor WabcoTm ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal.

TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal.

TEN (10) YEAR PRO -RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce cab limited pro -rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal.

FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA0014, is included with this proposal.

CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY
A Pierce fifty four (54) month warranty will be provided for the camera system.

COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY
The Pierce 12 volt DC LED strip lights limited warranty certificate, WA0203, is included with this proposal.

TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a five (5) yeartunlimiited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission.

Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations.

TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package.

WATER TANK WARRANTY
A UPF poly water tank limited warranty certificate, WA0195, is included with this proposal.

TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal.

As Proposed 118 of 122 1-19-23

ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A Gortite roll -up door limited warranty will be provided. The mechanical components of the roll -up door will be warranted against defects in material and workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle. A six (6) year limited warranty will be provided on painted and satin roll up doors.

The limited warranty certificate, WA0190, is included with this proposal.

PUMP WARRANTY
A Hale pump limited warranty certificate, WA0388, is included with this proposal.

TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY
The Pierce apparatus plumbing limited warranty certificate, WA0035, is included with this proposal.

TEN (10) YEAR PRO -RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce body limited pro -rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal.

THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Goldstar gold leaf lamination limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0018, is included with this proposal.

VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1901, current edition, section 4.13, Vehicle Stability. The certification will be provided at the time of bid.

ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery.

POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification will be provided at the time of bid.

CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below:
• SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi -Static Loading Heavy Trucks. • European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29. • SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.

As Proposed 119 of 122 1-19-23

Side Impact
The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 14,320-lb moving barrier is slammed into the side of the cab at 5.50 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft-lb of force. This test is part of the SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident.

Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in accordance with SAE J2420.

Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,098 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier. (Twice the force required by SAE J2420)
Roof Crush
The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,500 lb. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria, and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten (10) metric tons.

Additional Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 110,000 lbs. (Four and a half times the load criteria of ECE 29)
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area.

There will be no exception to any portion of the cab integrity certification. Nonconformance will lead to immediate rejection of bid.

CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear.

WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria.

ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Cab window roll -up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete 30,000 complete up -down cycles and still function normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear.

As Proposed 120 of 122 1-19-23

SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages. The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS
Cab Air Conditionin
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat -soaked condition at 100 degrees Fahrenheit to an average of 78 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.

Cab Defroster
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria.

Cab Auxiliary Heater
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in -transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees Fahrenheit from a cold -soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J381. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.

AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.

The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:

Documentation of the electrical system performance tests.

A written load analysis, which will include the following:
o The nameplate rating of the alternator.
o The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:
■ Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition).

As Proposed 121 of 122 1-19-23

o The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:
r Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition).
o Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load.
o Each individual intermittent load.

All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition).

As Proposed 122 of 122 1-19-23

Pierce Manufacturing #113021-OKC
Pricing for contract #113021-OKC for Pierce's unpublished options is provided at a 5.5% discount.

Additional discounts may be available for identical multi -unit purchases. Discount varies dependent on the number of identical units, the configuration of the units, and will be handled on as case by case basis.

Authorized Pierce dealers may offer service contracts for preventative maintenance and other services.

Pricing would be quoted on a time and material bases, by the dealer, at the time of request. Pierce offers our dealers the ability to offer/develop custom service/maintenance contracts to Sourcewell members utilizing this contract.

Attachment "C"

DocuSign Envefope ID: CBiB5FE1-OEAF-4F19-BCA5-34042E31634F UOV."%UE11r'.V'7
q
SOURCEWELL Sourcewell l

STATE OF MINNESOTA
Thiel
Member moved the adoption of the following Resolution:

RESOLUTION TO APPROVE SOLICITATION AND/OR RE -SOLICITATION OF CATEGORIES Resolution No. 2021-22
WHEREAS, Sourcewell desires to issue a solicitation, and is seeking permission from the Board to issue a solicitation, for the categories listed on Appendix A, which is attached and incorporated.

WHEREAS, through the Sourcewell Procurement Policy, the Board designated the Chief Procurement Officer to administer Sourcewell's cooperative purchasing and contracting program; and WHEREAS, the Chief Procurement Officer recommends approval of categories detailed above.

NOW THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED that the Board of Directors hereby approves the solicitation of categories.

The motion for the adoption of the foregoing resolution was duly seconded by Member and the following voted in favor: (list names here)
Wilson, zylka, veronen, Nagel, Thomas, Thiel, Arts and Kircher and the following voted against: (list names here or "NONE") None
whereupon said resolution was declared duly passed and adopted.

ATTEST:

DocuSipned by:
__ ._. CF92F09FBAfC488...

Clerk to the Board of Directors
Thomas
Attachment "D"

APPENDIX A

APPENDIX A Continued
PRIDE Industries One, Inc.

CA04-NCC-GEP01-080719-PIO
All Source Coatings, Inc.

CA09-SDI-P02-080719-ASC
Ausonio, Inc.

CA04-NCC-GB05-080719-AUS
Horizons Construction Co. Int'I, Inc.

CA08-SCI-GB03-080719-HCC
Angeles Contractor, Inc.

CA08-SCI-FO2-080719-ACI
All Source Coatings, Inc.

CA09-SDI-GB03-080719-ASC
US National Corp dba Jimenez Painting Company
CA09-SDI-P03-080719-USN
Harry H. Joh Construction, Inc.

CA08-SCI-E02-080719-HJC
Gkkworks Construction Services
CA08-SCI-GB06-080719-GKK
J & H Engineering General Contracts, Inc.

CA08-SC[-GEP03-080719-JHE
Facility Solutions Group
CA08-SCI-E01-080719-FSG
Angeles Contractor, Inc.

CA08-SCI-GB05-080719-ACI
Horizons Construction Co. Int'I, Inc.

CA08-SCI-GEPD1-080719-HCC
PUB Construction, Inc.

CA08-SC[-PO1-080719-PUB
Angeles Contractor, Inc.

CA09-SDI-GB06-080719-ACI
PUB Construction, Inc.

CA09-SDI-GB01-080719-PUB
Harry H. Joh Construction, Inc.

CA09-SDI-GBOS-080719-HJC
Angeles Contractor, Inc.

CA09-SDI-F03-080719-ACI
Harry H. Joh Construction, Inc.

CAOB-SCI-GB04-080719-HJC
PUB Construction, Inc.

CADS-SCI-F0I-080719-PUB
PUB Construction, Inc.

CA09-SDI-P01-080719-PUB
Harry H. Joh Construction, Inc.

CA08-SCI-P02-080719-HJC
LDCo., Inc.

CAD9-SDI-GB04-080719-LDC
ezIQC CONTRACT EXTENSIONS
Company Name Contract Number

DocuSign Envelope ID: DA0200AF-F4B4-4CCE-B1 E7-3E8312716BB6

SOURCEWELL

STATE OF MINNESOTA
Ki rther
Member moved the adoption of the following Resolution:

RESOLUTION TO RATIFY COOPERATIVE CONTRACTING AWARDS
2/15/2022
Resolution No. 2022-06
GGR�faµceEwr,ye�
Sourcewell F4
WHEREAS, the Sourcewell Board of Directors previously authorized the solicitations for the cooperative categories listed on Appendix A, which is attached and incorporated; and WHEREAS, Sourcewell issued the cooperative contracting solicitations for the authorized categories; and WHEREAS, through the Sourcewell Procurement Policy, the Board designated the Chief Procurement Officer to administer Sourcewell's cooperative purchasing and contracting program and to award all competitively solicited contracts, without limitation; and
WHEREAS, the Chief Procurement Officer made the awards listed based on the results of the competitive solicitation process; and
WHEREAS, the Board acknowledges that the awards made by the Chief Procurement Officer are valid and binding; however, based upon some members' legal requirements the Chief Procurement Official is required to seek subsequent Board ratification of all cooperative purchasing awards.

NOW THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED by the Board of Directors ratifies the cooperative contracting awards made by the Chief Procurement Officer listed on Appendix A.

The motion for the adoption of the foregoing resolution was duly seconded by Member. and the following voted in favor: (list names here)
veronen, Thiel, Nagel, Arts, Kircher, Thomas, zylka, Barrows and the following voted against: (list names here or "NONE") None
whereupon said resolution was declared duly passed and adopted.

ATTEST:

DoeuSigned by,
CF62F6BF6AFC4BB...

Clerk to the Board of Directors
Thiel

DocuSign Envelope ID: DA0200AF-F4B4-4CCE-B1E7-3E8312716BB6

APPENDIX A

DEPARTMENT
Company Name;
Contract Number
State Region -Type of Work
Staples Construction
CA-RI-GBOI-123021-STA
California -Region I- General Building
Mesa Energy Systems, Inc. dba EMCOR Services
CA-RI-HVAC01-123021-ES
California - Region I - HVAC/Mechanical
ACCO Engineered Systems, Inc.

CA-R2-HVAC01-123021-AES
California - Region 2 - HVAC/Mechanical
T&S Intermodal Maintenance, Inc. RBA T&S West
CA-R3-E01-123021-TSW
California - Region 3 - Electrical
ABM Industries. Inc.

CA-R3-EO2-123021-ABM
California - Region 3-Electrical
T&S Intermodal Maintenance, Inc. DBA T&S West
CA-R3-GBO1-123021-TSW
California - Region 3 - General Building
North Star Construction and Engineering, Inc.

CA-R3-GB02-123021-NSC
California - Region 3 - General Building
North Star Construction and Engineering, Inc.

CA-R3-GSOi-123021-NSC
California - Region 3 - Geotechnical Stabilization
ABM Industries. Inc.

CA-R3-HVACOI-123021-ABM
California - Region 3 - HVAC/Mechanical
ACCD Engineered Systems, Inc.

CA-R3-HVACO2-123021-AES
California - Region 3 - HVAC/Mechanical
T&S Intermodal Maintenance, Inc. DBA TO West
CA-R3-PAVO1-123021-TSW
California - Region 3 - Paving
North Star Construction and Engineering, Inc.

CA-R3-PAV02-123021-NSC
California - Region 3 - Paving
Mark Scott Construction, Inc.

CA-R4-GB01-123021-MSC
California - Region 4 - General Building
ABM Industries, Inc.

CA-R4-HVAC01-123021-ABM
California - Region 4 - HVAC/Mechanical
T&S Intermodal Maintenance, Inc- DBA T&S West
CA-R5-E01-123021-TSW
California - Region 5 - Electrical

DocuSign Envelope ID: DA020UAF-F464-4CCE-B1 E7-3E8312716BB6 APPENDIX A Continued
T&S Intermodal Maintenance, Inc. DBA T&S West
CA-RS-G801-123021-TSW
California - Region 5 - General Building
Newton Construction & Management, Inc.

CA-R5-GB02-123021-NCM
California - Region 5 - General Building
Durham Construction Company, Inc.

CA-R5-GB03-123021-DCC
California - Region 5 - General Building
Mark Scott Construction, Inc.

CA-R5-GB04-123021-MSC
California - Regions - General Building
Mesa Energy Systems, Inc. dba EMCOR Services
CA-RS-HVAC01-123021-ES
California - Region 5 - HVAC/Mechanical
ABM Industries, Inc.

CA-RS-HVACO2-123021-ABM
California - Region 5 - HVAC/Mechanical
T&S Intermodal Maintenance, Inc. DBAT&S West
CA-R5-PAV01-123021-TSW
California - Region 5 - Paving
ABM Industries, Inc.

CA-R6-E01-123021-ABM
California - Region 6 - Electrical
Newton Construction & Management, Inc.

CA-R6-GBO1-123021-NCM
California - Region 6 - General Building
Angeles Contractor, Inc.

CA-RG-G1302-123021-ACI
California - Region 6 - General Building
ABM Industries, Inc.

CA-R6-HVAC01-123021-ABM
California - Region 6 - HVAC/Mechanical
ACCO Engineered Systems, Inc.

CA-R6-HVACO2-123021-AES
California - Region 6 - HVAC/Mechanical
Angeles Contractor, Inc.

CA-R6-PAV01-123021-ACI
California - Region 6 - Paving
Newton Construction & Management, Inc.

CA-R7-EO1-123021-NCM
California - Region 7 - Electrical
Newton Construction & Management, Inc. 71
CA-R7-GBO1-123021-NCM
California - Region 7 - General Building
MDJ Management, LLC
CA-R7-GB06-123021-MDJ
California - Region 7 -General Building
ACCO Engineered Systems, Inc.

CA-R7-HVAC01-123021-AES
California - Region 7 - HVAC/Mechanical
Mesa Energy Systems, Inc. dba EMCOR Services
CA-R7-HVACO2-123021-ES
California - Region 7 - HVAC/Mechanical
Horizons Construction Company Int'l, Inc.

CA-R7-PAV01-123021-HCC
California - Region 7 - Paving
J & H Engineering General Contractors, Inc.

CA-R7-PAV02-123021-JHE
California - Region 7 - Paving
ABM Industries, Inc.

CA-RS-ED1-123021-ABM
California -Region 8- Electrical
Facility Solutions Group
CA-R8-EO2-123021-FSG
California - Region 8-Electrical
Pacific Lighting Mgt, Inc.

CA-RB-EO3-123021-PLM
California - Region 8- Electrical
Exbon Development, Inc.

CA-RB-EO4-123021-EXB
California - Region 8 - Electrical
PUB Construction, Inc.

CA-R8-FOI-123021-PUB
California - Region 8- Flooring
California Coast Carpet & Flooring
CA-R8-F02-123021-CCF
California - Region 8-Flooring
Angeles Contractor, Inc.

CA-RS-F03-123021-ACI
California -Region 8 -Flooring
Horizons Construction Company Int'I, Inc.

CA-R8-GBOi-123021-HCC
California - Region 8 - General Building
Exbon Development, Inc.

CA-R8-GB02-123021-EXB
California - Region 8-General Building
PUB Construction, Inc.

CA-R8-GB03-123021-PUB
California - Region 8-General Building
Marry H. Joh Construction, Inc.

CA-R8-GB04-123021-HJC
California - Region 8- General Building
Vincor Construction, Inc.

CA-118-G605-1230214CI
California - Region 8 - General Building
Angeles Contractor, Inc.

CA-R8-GB06-123021-ACI
California - Region 8 - General Building
Mackone Development, Inc.

CA-RB-GB07-123021-MDI
California - Region 8-General Building
Good -Men Roofing&Construction, Inc.

CA-RE-GB08-123021-GMR
California - Region 8-General Building
MDJ Management, LLC
CA-RS-G813-123021-MID.]
California - Region 8 - General Building
ABM Industries, Inc.

CA-R8-HVACOI-123021-ABM
California - Region 8-HVAC/Mechanical
ACCO Engineered Systems, Inc.

CA-R8-HVACO2-123021-AES
California - Region 8 - HVAC/Mechanical
Exbon Development, Inc.

CA-R8-HVAC03-123021-EXB
California - Region 8-HVAC/Mechanical
Harry H. Joh Construction, Inc.

CA-R8-HVAC04-123021-HJC
California - Region 8 - HVAC/Mechanical
PUB Construction, Inc.

CA-R8-PO1-123021-PUB
California - Region 8 - Painting
Harry H. Joh Construction, Inc.

CA-R8-P02-123021-HJC
California - Region 8 - Painting
Angeles Contractor, Inc.

CA-R8-P03-123021-ACI
California - Region 8 - Painting
Mackone Development, Inc.

CA-RS-PO4-123021-MDI
California - Region 8-Painting
Horizons Construction Company Int'I, Inc.

CA-R8-PAV01-123021-HCC
California - Region 8 - Paving
Angeles Contractor, Inc.

CA-R8-PAV02-123021-ACI
California - Region 8- Paving
Mackone Development, Inc.

CA-R8-PAV03-123021-MDI
California - Region 8 - Paving
Bitech Construction Co., Inc.

CA-R8-PAV04-123021-BIT
California - Region 8 - Paving
ACCO Engineered Systems, Inc.

CA-RS-PLUM01-123021-AES
California - Region 8 - Plumbing
Oscalibur Plumbin& Inc.

CA-R8-PLUM02-123021-OPI
California - Region 8-Plumbing
Angeles Contractor, Inc.

CA-R8-RW01-123021-ACI
California - Region 8 - Roofing/Waterproofing
Exbon Development, Inc.

CA-R8-RW02-123021-EXB
California - Region 8 - Roofing/Waterproofing
Good -Men Roofing & Construction, Inc.

CA-R8-RW03-123021-GMR
California - Region 8 - Roofing/Waterproofing
ACCO Engineered Systems, Inc.

CA-R8-SS01-123021-AES
California - Region 8-Sanitation Systems
ABM Industries, Inc.

CA-R9-E01-123021-ABM
California - Region 9 - Electrical
Pacific Lighting Mgt, Inc.

CA-R9-EO2-123021-PLM
California - Region 9 - Electrical
Horizons Construction Company Int'I, Inc.

CA-R9-GB01-123021-HCC
California -Region 9 -General Building
PUB Construction, Inc.

CA-R9-GB02-123021-PUB
California - Region 9 - General Building
Harry H. Jon Construction, Inc.

CA-R9-GB03-123021-HJC
California - Region 9 - General Building
Pacific Building Group
CA-R9-GB04-123021-PBG
California - Region 9 - General Building
Vincor Construction, Inc.

CA-R9-GB05-123021-VCI
California -Region 9 -General Building
Good -Men Roofing & Construction, Inc.

CA-R9-GB06-123021-GMR
California - Region 9 - General Building
All Source Coatings, Inc.

CA-R9-GB08-123021-A5C
California - Region 9 - General Building
GeoStabilization International, LLC
CA-R9-GS01-123021-GSI lCallfornia
- Region 9 - Geotechnicai Stabilization
ABM Industries, Inc.

CA-R9-HVAC01-123021-ABM lCalifornia
- Region 9 - HVAC/Mechanical

DocuSign Envelope ID: DA0200AF-F4B4-4CCE-B1E7-3E8312716BB6 APPENDIX A Continued
ACCO Engineered Systems, Inc.

CA-R9-HVACO2-123021-AES
California - Region 9 - HVAC/Mechanical
Harry H. Joh Construction, Inc.

CA-R9-HVAC03-123021-HJC
California - Region 9 - HVAC/Mechanical
Mesa Energy Systems, Inc. dba EMCOR Services
CA-R9-HVAC04-123021-ES
California - Region 9 - HVAC/Mechanical
Horizons Construction Company Int'l, Inc.

CA-R9-PAV01-123021-HCC
California - Region 9 - Paving
ACCO Engineered Systems, Inc.

CA-R9-PLUM01-123021-AES
California - Region 9 - Plumbing
Good -Men Roofing & Construction, Inc.

CA-R9-RWO1-123021-GMR
California - Region 9 - Roofing/waterproofing
ezIQC<RENEWALS
Company Name Contract Number
Amstar, Inc.

TX-PB-GC-121819-AMS
CORE Construction Services of Texas, Inc.

TX-WT-GC-121819-CCT
TMG Contracting, LLC
TX-CT-GC-121819-TCL
Sullivan Contracting Services
TX-CT-GC-121819-SUL
Amstar, Inc.

TX-WT-GC-121819-AMS
CORE Construction Services of Texas, Inc.

TX-PB-GC-121819-CCT
Amstar, Inc.

TX-C7r-GC-121819-AMS
F.H. Paschen, S.N. Nielsen & Associates, LLC
TX-PB-GC-121819-FHP
Tommy Klein Construction, Inc.

TX-PB-GC-121819-TKL
Doyle Electric, LLC
TX-CT-GC-121819-DEL
Veliz Company, LLC
TX-PB-GC-121819-VCL
RoofConnect Logistics, Inc.

TX-CT-R-121819-RCL
Platinum Roofing, Inc.

TX-CT-R-121819-PLR
F.H. Paschen, S.N. Nielsen &Associates, LLC
TX-WT-GC-121819-FHP
i JAMCO Ventures, LLC
TX-CT-GC-121819-JAM
CORE Construction Services of Texas, Inc.

TX-CT-GC-121819-CC7r
JAMCO Ventures, LLC
TX-CT-F-121819-JAM
Veliz Company, LLC
TX-CT-GC-121819-VCL
F.N. Paschen, S.N. Nielsen &Associates, LLC
TX-CT-GC-121819-FHP
Doyle Electric, LLC
TX-CT-E-121819-DEL
Veliz Company, LLC
TX-WT-GC-121819-VCL
Centennial Contractors Enterprises, Inc.

TX-CT-GC-121819-CCE
RoofConnect Logistics, Inc.

TX-W7-R-121819-RCL
JAMCO Ventures, LLC
TX-CT-W-121819-JAM
JAMCO Ventures, LLC
7X-Cf-RC-121819-JAM
JAMCO Ventures, LLC
TX-CT-APC-121819-JAM
JAMCO Ventures, LLC
TX-CT-P-121819-JAM

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 113021-OKC
Solicitation Number: RFP #113021

CONTRACT
This Contract is between Sourcewell, 20212th Street Northeast, P.O. Box 219, Staples, MN 56479 (Sourcewell) and Oshkosh Corporation, 1917 Four Wheel Dr., Oshkosh, WI 54902 (Supplier), and Supplier's consolidated subsidiaries as defined in the Proposal.

Sourcewell is a State of Minnesota local government unit and service cooperative created under the laws of the State of Minnesota (Minnesota Statutes Section 123A.21) that offers cooperative procurement solutions to government entities. Participation is open to eligible federal, state/province, and municipal governmental entities, higher education, K-12 education, nonprofit, tribal government, and other public entities located in the United States and Canada.

Sourcewell issued a public solicitation for Firefighting Apparatus and Fire Service Vehicles from which Supplier was awarded a contract.

Supplier desires to contract with Sourcewell to provide equipment, products, or services to Sourcewell and the entities that access Sourcewell's cooperative purchasing contracts (Participating Entities).

1. TERM OF CONTRACT
A. EFFECTIVE DATE. This Contract is effective upon the date of the final signature below.

B. EXPIRATION DATE AND EXTENSION. This Contract expires February 10, 2026, unless it is cancelled sooner pursuant to Article 22. This Contract may be extended one additional year upon the request of Sourcewell and written agreement by Supplier.

C. SURVIVAL OF TERMS. Notwithstanding any expiration or termination of this Contract, all payment obligations incurred prior to expiration or termination will survive, as will the following: Articles 11 through 14 survive the expiration or cancellation of this Contract. All other rights will cease upon expiration or termination of this Contract.

2. EQUIPMENT, PRODUCTS, OR SERVICES
A. EQUIPMENT, PRODUCTS, OR SERVICES. Supplier will provide the Equipment, Products, or Services as stated in its Proposal submitted under the Solicitation Number listed above.

Rev. 3/2021
Attachment "E"

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 113021-OKC
Supplier's Equipment, Products, or Services Proposal (Proposal) is attached and incorporated into this Contract.

All Equipment and Products provided under this Contract must be new and the current model.

Supplier may offer close-out, refurbished, or remounted Equipment or Products if they are clearly indicated in Supplier's product and pricing list. Unless agreed to by the Participating Entities in advance, Equipment or Products must be delivered as operational to the Participating Entity's site.

This Contract offers an indefinite quantity of sales, and while substantial volume is anticipated, sales and sales volume are not guaranteed.

B. WARRANTY. Supplier warrants that all Equipment, Products, and Services furnished are free from liens and encumbrances, and are free from defects in design, materials, and workmanship.

In addition, Supplier warrants the Equipment, Products, and Services are suitable for and will perform in accordance with the ordinary use for which they are intended. Supplier's dealers and distributors must agree to assist the Participating Entity in reaching a resolution in any dispute over warranty terms with the manufacturer. Any manufacturer's warranty that extends beyond the expiration of the Supplier's warranty will be passed on to the Participating Entity.

C. DEALERS, DISTRIBUTORS, AND/OR RESELLERS. Upon Contract execution and throughout the Contract term, Supplier must provide to Sourcewell a current means to validate or authenticate Supplier's authorized dealers, distributors, or resellers relative to the Equipment, Products, and Services offered under this Contract, which will be incorporated into this Contract by reference. It is the Supplier's responsibility to ensure Sourcewell receives the most current information.

3. PRICING
All Equipment, Products, or Services under this Contract will be priced at or below the price stated in Supplier's Proposal.

When providing pricing quotes to Participating Entities, all pricing quoted must reflect a Participating Entity's total cost of acquisition. This means that the quoted cost is for delivered Equipment, Products, and Services that are operational for their intended purpose, and includes all costs to the Participating Entity's requested delivery location.

Regardless of the payment method chosen by the Participating Entity, the total cost associated with any purchase option of the Equipment, Products, or Services must always be disclosed in the pricing quote to the applicable Participating Entity at the time of purchase.

A. SHIPPING AND SHIPPING COSTS. All delivered Equipment and Products must be properly packaged. Damaged Equipment and Products may be rejected. If the damage is not readily Rev. 3/2021

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 113021-OKC
apparent at the time of delivery, Supplier must permit the Equipment and Products to be returned within a reasonable time at no cost to Sourcewell or its Participating Entities.

Participating Entities reserve the right to inspect the Equipment and Products at a reasonable time after delivery where circumstances or conditions prevent effective inspection of the Equipment and Products at the time of delivery. In the event of the delivery of nonconforming Equipment and Products, the Participating Entity will notify the Supplier as soon as possible and the Supplier will replace nonconforming Equipment and Products with conforming Equipment and Products that are acceptable to the Participating Entity.

Supplier must arrange for and pay for the return shipment on Equipment and Products that arrive in a defective or inoperable condition.

Sourcewell may declare the Supplier in breach of this Contract if the Supplier intentionally delivers substandard or inferior Equipment or Products.

B. SALES TAX. Each Participating Entity is responsible for supplying the Supplier with valid tax - exemption certification(s). When ordering, a Participating Entity must indicate if it is a tax- exempt entity.

C. HOT LIST PRICING. At anytime during this Contract, Supplier may offer a specific selection of Equipment, Products, or Services at discounts greater than those listed in the Contract.

When Supplier determines it will offer Hot List Pricing, it must be submitted electronically to Sourcewell in a line -item format. Equipment, Products, or Services may be added or removed from the Hot List at any time through a Sourcewell Price and Product Change Form as defined in Article 4 below.

Hot List program and pricing may also be used to discount and liquidate close-out and discontinued Equipment and Products as long as those close-out and discontinued items are clearly identified as such. Current ordering process and administrative fees apply. Hot List Pricing must be published and made available to all Participating Entities.

4. PRODUCT AND PRICING CHANGE REQUESTS
Supplier may request Equipment, Product, or Service changes, additions, or deletions at any time. All requests must be made in writing by submitting a signed Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form to the assigned Sourcewell Supplier Development Administrator. This approved form is available from the assigned Sourcewell Supplier Development Administrator.

At a minimum, the request must:
• Identify the applicable Sourcewell contract number;
• Clearly specify the requested change;
• Provide sufficient detail to justify the requested change; Rev. 3/2021

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 113021-OKC
• Individually list all Equipment, Products, or Services affected by the requested change, along with the requested change (e.g., addition, deletion, price change); and • Include a complete restatement of pricing documentation in Microsoft Excel with the effective date of the modified pricing, or product addition or deletion. The new pricing restatement must include all Equipment, Products, and Services offered, even for those items where pricing remains unchanged.

A fully executed Sourcewell Price and Product Change Request Form will become an amendment to this Contract and will be incorporated by reference.

S. PARTICIPATION, CONTRACT ACCESS, AND PARTICIPATING ENTITY REQUIREMENTS A. PARTICIPATION. Sourcewell's cooperative contracts are available and open to public and nonprofit entities across the United States and Canada; such as federal, state/province, municipal, K-12 and higher education, tribal government, and other public entities.

The benefits of this Contract should be available to all Participating Entities that can legally access the Equipment, Products, or Services under this Contract. A Participating Entity's authority to access this Contract is determined through its cooperative purchasing, interlocal, or joint powers laws. Any entity accessing benefits of this Contract will be considered a Service Member of Sourcewell during such time of access. Supplier understands that a Participating Entity's use of this Contract is at the Participating Entity's sole convenience and Participating Entities reserve the right to obtain like Equipment, Products, or Services from any other source.

Supplier is responsible for familiarizing its sales and service forces with Sourcewell contract use eligibility requirements and documentation and will encourage potential participating entities to join Sourcewell. Sourcewell reserves the right to add and remove Participating Entities to its roster during the term of this Contract.

B. PUBLIC FACILITIES. Supplier's employees maybe required to perform work at government - owned facilities, including schools. Supplier's employees and agents must conduct themselves in a professional manner while on the premises, and in accordance with Participating Entity policies and procedures, and all applicable laws.

6. PARTICIPATING ENTITY USE AND PURCHASING
A. ORDERS AND PAYMENT. To access the contracted Equipment, Products, or Services under this Contract, a Participating Entity must clearly indicate to Supplier that it intends to access this Contract; however, order flow and procedure will be developed jointly between Sourcewell and Supplier. Typically, a Participating Entity will issue an order directly to Supplier or its authorized subsidiary, distributor, dealer, or reseller. If a Participating Entity issues a purchase order, it may use its own forms, but the purchase order should clearly note the applicable Sourcewell Rev. 3/2021

❑ocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93A8-F3879467CBE8 113021-OKC
contract number. All Participating Entity orders under this Contract must be issued prior to expiration or cancellation of this Contract; however, Supplier performance, Participating Entity payment obligations, and any applicable warranty periods or other Supplier or Participating Entity obligations may extend beyond the term of this Contract.

Supplier's acceptable forms of payment are included in its attached Proposal. Participating Entities will be solely responsible for payment and Sourcewell will have no liability for any unpaid invoice of any Participating Entity.

B. ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS/PARTICIPATING ADDENDUM. Additional terms and conditions to a purchase order, or other required transaction documentation, may be negotiated between a Participating Entity and Supplier, such as job or industry -specific requirements, legal requirements (e.g., affirmative action or immigration status requirements), or specific local policy requirements. Some Participating Entities may require the use of a Participating Addendum; the terms of which will be negotiated directly between the Participating Entity and the Supplier. Any negotiated additional terms and conditions must never be less favorable to the Participating Entity than what is contained in this Contract.

C. SPECIALIZED SERVICE REQUIREMENTS. In the event that the Participating Entity requires service or specialized performance requirements not addressed in this Contract (such as e- commerce specifications, specialized delivery requirements, or other specifications and requirements), the Participating Entity and the Supplier may enter into a separate, standalone agreement, apart from this Contract. Sourcewell, including its agents and employees, will not be made a party to a claim for breach of such agreement.

D. TERMINATION OF ORDERS. Participating Entities may terminate an order, in whole or in part, immediately upon notice to Supplier in the event of any of the following events:

1. The Participating Entity fails to receive funding or appropriation from its governing body at levels sufficient to pay for the equipment, products, or services to be purchased; or

2. Federal, state, or provincial laws or regulations prohibit the purchase or change the Participating Entity's requirements.

E. GOVERNING LAW AND VENUE. The governing law and venue for any action related to a Participating Entity's order will be determined by the Participating Entity making the purchase.

7. CUSTOMER SERVICE
A. PRIMARY ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE. Supplier will assign an Account Representative to Sourcewell for this Contract and must provide prompt notice to Sourcewell if that person is changed. The Account Representative will be responsible for:

Rev. 3/2021

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-4363-93AB-F3879467CBE8 113021-OKC
Maintenance and management of this Contract;
Timely response to all Sourcewell and Participating Entity inquiries; and Business reviews to Sourcewell and Participating Entities, if applicable.

B. BUSINESS REVIEWS. Supplier must perform a minimum of one business review with Sourcewell per contract year. The business review will cover sales to Participating Entities, pricing and contract terms, administrative fees, sales data reports, supply issues, customer issues, and any other necessary information.

8. REPORT ON CONTRACT SALES ACTIVITY AND ADMINISTRATIVE FEE PAYMENT A. CONTRACT SALES ACTIVITY REPORT. Each calendar quarter, Supplier must provide a contract sales activity report (Report) to the Sourcewell Supplier Development Administrator assigned to this Contract. Reports are due no later than 45 days after the end of each calendar quarter. A Report must be provided regardless of the number or amount of sales during that quarter (i.e., if there are no sales, Supplier must submit a report indicating no sales were made).

The Report must contain the following fields:
• Participating Entity Name (e.g., City of Staples Highway Department); • Participating Entity Physical Street Address;
• Participating Entity City;
• Participating Entity State/Province;
• Participating Entity Zip/Postal Code;
• Participating Entity Contact Name;
• Participating Entity Contact Email Address;
• Participating Entity Contact Telephone Number;
• Sourcewell Assigned Entity/Participating Entity Number; • Item Purchased Description;
• Item Purchased Price;
• Sourcewell Administrative Fee Applied; and
• Date Purchase was invoiced/sale was recognized as revenue by Supplier.

B. ADMINISTRATIVE FEE. In consideration for the support and services provided by Sourcewell, the Supplier will pay an administrative fee to Sourcewell on all Equipment, Products, and Services provided to Participating Entities. The Administrative Fee must be included in, and not added to, the pricing. Supplier may not charge Participating Entities more than the contracted price to offset the Administrative Fee.

The Supplier will submit payment to Sourcewell for the percentage of administrative fee stated in the Proposal multiplied by the total sales of all Equipment, Products, and Services purchased Rev. 3/2021

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 113021-OKC
by Participating Entities under this Contract during each calendar quarter. Payments should note the Supplier's name and Sourcewell-assigned contract number in the memo; and must be mailed to the address above "Attn: Accounts Receivable" or remitted electronically to Sourcewell's banking institution per Sourcewell's Finance department instructions. Payments must be received no later than 45 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter.

Supplier agrees to cooperate with Sourcewell in auditing transactions under this Contract to ensure that the administrative fee is paid on all items purchased under this Contract.

In the event the Supplier is delinquent in any undisputed administrative fees, Sourcewell reserves the right to cancel this Contract and reject any proposal submitted by the Supplier in any subsequent solicitation. In the event this Contract is cancelled by either party prior to the Contract's expiration date, the administrative fee payment will be due no more than 30 days from the cancellation date.

9. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
Sourcewell's Authorized Representative is its Chief Procurement Officer.

Supplier's Authorized Representative is the person named in the Supplier's Proposal. If Supplier's Authorized Representative changes at any time during this Contract, Supplier must promptly notify Sourcewell in writing.

10. AUDIT, ASSIGNMENT, AMENDMENTS, WAIVER, AND CONTRACT COMPLETE A. AUDIT. Pursuant to Minnesota Statutes Section 16C.05, subdivision 5, the books, records, documents, and accounting procedures and practices relevant to this Agreement are subject to examination by Sourcewell or the Minnesota State Auditor for a minimum of six years from the end of this Contract. This clause extends to Participating Entities as it relates to business conducted by that Participating Entity under this Contract.

B. ASSIGNMENT. Neither party may assignor otherwise transfer its rights or obligations under this Contract without the prior written consent of the other party and a fully executed assignment agreement. Such consent will not be unreasonably withheld. Any prohibited assignment will be invalid.

C. AMENDMENTS. Any amendment to this Contract must be in writing and will not be effective until it has been duly executed by the parties.

D. WAIVER. Failure by either party to take action or assert any right under this Contract will not be deemed a waiver of such right in the event of the continuation or repetition of the circumstances giving rise to such right. Any such waiver must be in writing and signed by the parties.

Rev. 3/2021

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 113021-OKC
E. CONTRACT COMPLETE. This Contract represents the complete agreement between the parties. No other understanding regarding this Contract, whether written or oral, may be used to bind either party.For any conflict between the attached Proposal and the terms set out in Articles 1-22 of this Contract, the terms of Articles 1-22 will govern.

F. RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES. The relationship of the parties is one of independent contractors, each free to exercise judgment and discretion with regard to the conduct of their respective businesses. This Contract does not create a partnership, joint venture, or any other relationship such as master -servant, or principal -agent.

11. INDEMNITY AND HOLD HARMLESS
Supplier must indemnify, defend, save, and hold Sourcewell and its Participating Entities, including their agents and employees, harmless from any claims or causes of action, including attorneys' fees incurred by Sourcewell or its Participating Entities, arising out of any act or omission in the performance of this Contract by the Supplier or its agents or employees; this indemnification includes injury or death to person(s) or property alleged to have been caused by some defect in the Equipment, Products, or Services under this Contract to the extent the Equipment, Product, or Service has been used according to its specifications. Sourcewell's responsibility will be governed by the State of Minnesota's Tort Liability Act (Minnesota Statutes Chapter 466) and other applicable law.

12. GOVERNMENT DATA PRACTICES
Supplier and Sourcewell must comply with the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, Minnesota Statutes Chapter 13, as it applies to all data provided by or provided to Sourcewell under this Contract and as it applies to all data created, collected, received, stored, used, maintained, or disseminated by the Supplier under this Contract.

13. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY, PUBLICITY, MARKETING, AND ENDORSEMENT A. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

1. Grant of License. During the term of this Contract:
a. Sourcewell grants to Supplier a royalty -free, worldwide, non-exclusive right and license to use thetrademark(s) provided to Supplier by Sourcewell in advertising and promotional materials for the purpose of marketing Sourcewelf's relationship with Supplier.
b. Supplier grants to Sourcewell a royalty -free, worldwide, non-exclusive right and license to use Supplier's trademarks in advertising and promotional materials for the purpose of marketing Supplier's relationship with Sourcewell.

2. Limited Right of Sublicense. The right and license granted herein includes a limited right of each party to grant sublicenses to their respective subsidiaries, distributors, dealers, Rev. 3/2021

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 1 f3021-OKC
resellers, marketing representatives, and agents (collectively "Permitted Sublicensees") in advertising and promotional materials for the purpose of marketing the Parties' relationship to Participating Entities. Any sublicense granted will be subject to the terms and conditions of this Article. Each party will be responsible for any breach of this Article by any of their respective Sublicensees.

3. Use; Quality Control.
a. Neither party may alter the other party's trademarks from the form provided and must comply with removal requests as to specific uses of its trademarks or logos.
b. Each party agrees to use, and to cause its Permitted Sublicensees to use, the other party's trademarks only in good faith and in a dignified manner consistent with such party's use of the trademarks. Upon written notice to the breaching party, the breaching party has 30 days of the date of the written notice to cure the breach or the license will be terminated.

4. As applicable, Supplier agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Sourcewell and its Participating Entities against any and all suits, claims, judgments, and costs instituted or recovered against Sourcewell or Participating Entities by any person on account of the use of any Equipment or Products by Sourcewell or its Participating Entities supplied by Supplier in violation of applicable patent or copyright laws.

5. Termination. Upon the termination of this Contract for any reason, each party, including Permitted Sublicensees, will have 30 days to remove all Trademarks from signage, websites, and the like bearing the other party's name or logo (excepting Sourcewell's pre-printed catalog of suppliers which may be used until the next printing). Supplier must return all marketing and promotional materials, including signage, provided by Sourcewell, or dispose of it according to Sourcewell's written directions.

B. PUBLICITY. Any publicity regarding the subject matter of this Contract must not be released without prior written approval from the Authorized Representatives. Publicity includes notices, informational pamphlets, press releases, research, reports, signs, and similar public notices prepared by or for the Supplier individually orjointly with others, or any subcontractors, with respect to the program, publications, or services provided resulting from this Contract.

C. MARKETING. Any direct advertising, marketing, or offers with Participating Entities must be approved by Sourcewell. Send all approval requests to the Sourcewell Supplier Development Administrator assigned to this Contract.

D. ENDORSEMENT. The Supplier must not claim that Sourcewell endorses its Equipment, Products, or Services.

Rev. 3/2021

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-4383-93AB-F3879467CBEB 113021-OKC

14. GOVERNING LAW, JURISDICTION, AND VENUE
The substantive and procedural laws of the State of Minnesota will govern this Contract. Venue for all legal proceedings arising out of this Contract, or its breach, must be in the appropriate state court in Todd County, Minnesota or federal court in Fergus Falls, Minnesota.

15. FORCE MAIEURE
Neither party to this Contract will be held responsible for delay or default caused by acts of God or other conditions that are beyond that party's reasonable control. A party defaulting under this provision must provide the other party prompt written notice of the default.

16. SEVERABILITY
If any provision of this Contract is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable, or void then both parties will be relieved from all obligations arising from that provision. If the remainder of this Contract is capable of being performed, it will not be affected by such determination or finding and must be fully performed.

17. PERFORMANCE, DEFAULT, AND REMEDIES
A. PERFORMANCE. During the term of this Contract, the parties will monitor performance and address unresolved contract issues as follows:

1. Notification. The parties must promptly notify each other of any known dispute and work in good faith to resolve such dispute within a reasonable period of time. If necessary, Sourcewell and the Supplier will jointly develop a short briefing document that describes the issue(s), relevant impact, and positions of both parties.

2. Escalation. If parties are unable to resolve the issue in a timely manner, as specified above, either Sourcewell or Supplier may escalate the resolution of the issue to a higher level of management. The Supplier will have 30 calendar days to cure an outstanding issue.

3. Performance while Dispute is Pending. Notwithstanding the existence of a dispute, the Supplier must continue without delay to carry out all of its responsibilities under the Contract that are not affected by the dispute. If the Supplier fails to continue without delay to perform its responsibilities under the Contract, in the accomplishment of all undisputed work, the Supplier will bear any additional costs incurred by Sourcewell and/or its Participating Entities as a result of such failure to proceed.

B. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES. Either of the following constitutes cause to declare this Contract, or any Participating Entity order under this Contract, in default:

1. Nonperformance of contractual requirements, or

2. A material breach of any term or condition of this Contract.

Rev. 3/2021 10

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 113021-OKC
The party claiming default must provide written notice of the default, with 30 calendar days to cure the default. Time allowed for cure will not diminish or eliminate any liability for liquidated or other damages. If the default remains after the opportunity for cure, the non -defaulting party may:
• Exercise any remedy provided by law or equity, or
• Terminate the Contract or any portion thereof, including any orders issued against the Contract.

18. INSURANCE
A. REQUIREMENTS. At its own expense, Supplier must maintain insurance policy(ies) in effect at all times during the performance of this Contract with insurance company(ies) licensed or authorized to do business in the State of Minnesota having an "AM BEST" rating of A- or better, with coverage and limits of insurance not less than the following:

1. Workers' Compensation and Employer's Liability.

Workers' Compensation: As required by any applicable law or regulation.

Employer's Liability Insurance: must be provided in amounts not less than listed below:

Minimum limits:
$500,000 each accident for bodily injury by accident
$500,000 policy limit for bodily injury by disease
$500,000 each employee for bodily injury by disease

2. Commercial General Liability Insurance. Supplier will maintain insurance covering its operations, with coverage on an occurrence basis, and must be subject to terms no less broad than the Insurance Services Office ("ISO") Commercial General Liability Form CG0001(2001 or newer edition), or equivalent. At a minimum, coverage must include liability arising from premises, operations, bodily injury and property damage, independent contractors, products -completed operations including construction defect, contractual liability, blanket contractual liability, and personal injury and advertising injury. All required limits, terms and conditions of coverage must be maintained during the term of this Contract.

Minimum Limits:
$1,000,000 each occurrence Bodily Injury and Property Damage $1,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury
$2,000,000 aggregate for Products -Completed operations $2,000,000 general aggregate

3. Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance. During the term of this Contract, Supplier will maintain insurance covering all owned, hired, and non -owned automobiles in limits of liability not less than indicated below. The coverage must be subject to terms Rev. 3/2021 11

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 113021-OKC
no less broad than ISO Business Auto Coverage Form CA 0001(2010 edition or newer), or equivalent.

Minimum Limits:
$1,000,000 each accident, combined single limit

4. Umbrella Insurance. During the term of this Contract, Supplier will maintain umbrella coverage over Employer's Liability, Commercial General Liability, and Commercial Automobile.

Minimum Limits:
$2,000,000
Failure of Supplier to maintain the required insurance will constitute a material breach entitling Sourcewell to immediately terminate this Contract for default.

B. CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE. Prior to commencing under this Contract, Supplier must furnish to Sourcewell a certificate of insurance, as evidence of the insurance required under this Contract. Prior to expiration of the policy(ies), renewal certificates must be mailed to Sourcewell, 202 12th Street Northeast, P.O. Box 219, Staples, MN 56479 or sent to the Sourcewell Supplier Development Administrator assigned to this Contract. The certificates must be signed by a person authorized by the insurer(s) to bind coverage on their behalf.

Failure to request certificates of insurance by Sourcewell, or failure of Supplier to provide certificates of insurance, in no way limits or relieves Supplier of its duties and responsibilities in this Contract.

C. ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT. Supplier agrees to list Sourcewell and its Participating Entities, including their officers, agents, and employees, as an additional insured under the Supplier's commercial general liability insurance policy with respect to liability arising out of activities, "operations," or "work" performed by or on behalf of Supplier, and products and completed operations of Supplier.

D. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Omitted.

E. UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY/SELF-INSURED RETENTION. The limits required by this Contract can be met by either providing a primary policy or in combination with umbrella/excess liability policy(ies), or self -insured retention.

19. COMPLIANCE
A. LAWS AND REGULATIONS. All Equipment, Products, or Services provided under this Contract must comply fully with applicable federal laws and regulations, and with the laws in the states and provinces in which the Equipment, Products, or Services are sold.

Rev. 3/2021 12

DocuSign Envelope ID: D26090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 113021-OKC
B. LICENSES. Supplier must maintain a valid and current status on all required federal, state/provincial, and local licenses, bonds, and permits required for the operation of the business that the Supplier conducts with Sourcewell and Participating Entities.

20. BANKRUPTCY, DEBARMENT, OR SUSPENSION CERTIFICATION
Supplier certifies and warrants that it is not in bankruptcy or that it has previously disclosed in writing certain information to Sourcewell related to bankruptcy actions. If at anytime during this Contract Supplier declares bankruptcy, Supplier must immediately notify Sourcewelf in writing.

Supplier certifies and warrants that neither it nor its principals are presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from programs operated by the State of Minnesota; the United States federal government or the Canadian government, as applicable; or any Participating Entity. Supplier certifies and warrants that neither it nor its principals have been convicted of a criminal offense related to the subject matter of this Contract. Supplier further warrants that it will provide immediate written notice to Sourcewell if this certification changes at any time.

21. PROVISIONS FOR NON -UNITED STATES FEDERAL ENTITY PROCUREMENTS UNDER

UNITED STATES FEDERAL AWARDS OR OTHER AWARDS
Participating Entities that use United States federal grant or FEMA funds to purchase goods or services from this Contract may be subject to additional requirements including the procurement standards of the Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards, 2 C.F.R. § 200. Participating Entities may have additional requirements based on specific funding source terms or conditions. Within this Article, all references to "federal" should be interpreted to mean the United States federal government.

The following list only applies when a Participating Entity accesses Supplier's Equipment, Products, or Services with United States federal funds.

A. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY. Except as otherwise provided under 41 C.F.R. § 60, all contracts that meet the definition of "federally assisted construction contract" in 41 C.F.R. § 60-

1.3 must include the equal opportunity clause provided under 41 C.F.R. §60-1.4(b), in accordance with Executive Order 11246, "Equal Employment Opportunity" (30 FR 12319, 12935, 3 C.F.R. §, 1964-1965 Comp., p. 339), as amended by Executive Order 11375, "Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity," and implementing regulations at 41 C.F.R. § 60, "Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor." The equal opportunity clause is incorporated herein by reference.

Rev. 3/2021 13

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 113 021-OKC
B. DAVIS-BACON ACT, AS AMENDED (40 U.S.C. § 3141-3148). When required by federal program legislation, all prime construction contracts in excess of $2,000 awarded by non- federal entities must include a provision for compliance with the Davis -Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. § 3141-3144, and 3146-3148) as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 C.F.R. § 5, "Labor Standards Provisions Applicable to Contracts Covering Federally Financed and Assisted Construction"). In accordance with the statute, contractors must be required to pay wages to laborers and mechanics at a rate not less than the prevailing wages specified in a wage determination made by the Secretary of Labor. In addition, contractors must be required to pay wages not less than once a week. The non-federal entity must place a copy of the current prevailing wage determination issued by the Department of Labor in each solicitation. The decision to award a contract or subcontract must be conditioned upon the acceptance of the wage determination. The non-federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the federal awarding agency. The contracts must also include a provision for compliance with the Copeland "Anti -Kickback" Act (40 U.S.C. § 3145), as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 C.F.R. § 3, "Contractors and Subcontractors on Public Building or Public Work Financed in Whole or in Part by Loans or Grants from the United States"). The Act provides that each contractor or subrecipient must be prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed in the construction, completion, or repair of public work, to give up any part of the compensation to which he or she is otherwise entitled. The non-federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the federal awarding agency. Supplier must be in compliance with all applicable Davis -Bacon Act provisions.

C. CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT (40 U.S.C. § 3701-3708). Where applicable, all contracts awarded by the non-federal entity in excess of $100,000 that involve the employment of mechanics or laborers must include a provision for compliance with 40 U.S.C. §§ 3702 and 3704, as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 C.F.R. § 5).

Under 40 U.S.C. § 3702 of the Act, each contractor must be required to compute the wages of every mechanic and laborer on the basis of a standard work week of 40 hours. Work in excess of the standard work week is permissible provided that the worker is compensated at a rate of not less than one and a half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in the work week. The requirements of 40 U.S.C. § 3704 are applicable to construction work and provide that no laborer or mechanic must be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous. These requirements do not apply to the purchases of supplies or materials or articles ordinarily available on the open market, or contracts for transportation or transmission of intelligence. This provision is hereby incorporated by reference into this Contract. Supplier certifies that during the term of an award for all contracts by Sourcewell resulting from this procurement process, Supplier must comply with applicable requirements as referenced above.

D. RIGHTS TO INVENTIONS MADE UNDER A CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. if the federal award meets the definition of "funding agreement" under 37 C.F.R. § 401.2(a) and the recipient or subrecipient wishes to enter into a contract with a small business firm or nonprofit organization regarding the substitution of parties, assignment or performance of experimental, Rev. 3/2021 14

Docu&gn Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 113021-OKC
developmental, or research work under that "funding agreement," the recipient or subrecipient must comply with the requirements of 37 C.F.R. § 401, "Rights to Inventions Made by Nonprofit Organizations and Small Business Firms Under Government Grants, Contracts and Cooperative Agreements," and any implementing regulations issued by the awarding agency. Supplier certifies that during the term of an award for all contracts by Sourcewell resulting from this procurement process, Supplier must comply with applicable requirements as referenced above.

E. CLEAN AIR ACT (42 U.S.C. § 7401-7671Q.) AND THE FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT (33 U.S.C. § 1251-1387). Contracts and subgrants of amounts in excess of $150,000 require the non-federal award to agree to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. § 7401- 7671q) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended (33 U.S.C. § 1251-1387). Violations must be reported to the Federal awarding agency and the Regional Office of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

Supplier certifies that during the term of this Contract will comply with applicable requirements as referenced above.

F. DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION (EXECUTIVE ORDERS 12549 AND 12689). A contract award (see 2 C.F.R. § 180.220) must not be made to parties listed on the government wide exclusions in the System for Award Management (SAM), in accordance with the OMB guidelines at 2 C.F.R. §180 that implement Executive Orders 12549 (3 C.F.R. § 1986 Comp., p. 189) and 12689 (3 C.F.R. § 1989 Comp., p. 235), "Debarment and Suspension." SAM Exclusions contains the names of parties debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded by agencies, as well as parties declared ineligible under statutory or regulatory authority other than Executive Order 12549. Supplier certifies that neither it nor its principals are presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation by any federal department or agency.

G. BYRD ANTI -LOBBYING AMENDMENT, AS AMENDED (31 U.S.C. § 1352). Suppliers must file any required certifications. Suppliers must not have used federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any federal contract, grant, or any other award covered by 31 U.S.C. § 1352. Suppliers must disclose any lobbying with non-federal funds that takes place in connection with obtaining any federal award. Such disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to the non-federal award. Suppliers must file all certifications and disclosures required by, and otherwise comply with, the Byrd Anti -Lobbying Amendment (31 U.S.C. § 1352).

H. RECORD RETENTION REQUIREMENTS. To the extent applicable, Supplier must comply with the record retention requirements detailed in 2 C.F.R. § 200.333. The Supplier further certifies that it will retain all records as required by 2 C.F.R. § 200.333 for a period of 3 years after grantees or subgrantees submit final expenditure reports or quarterly or annual financial reports, as applicable, and all other pending matters are closed.

Rev.3/2021 15

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 113021-OKC
I. ENERGY POLICY AND CONSERVATION ACT COMPLIANCE. To the extent applicable, Supplier must comply with the mandatory standards and policies relating to energy efficiency which are contained in the state energy conservation plan issued in compliance with the Energy Policy and Conservation Act.

J. BUY AMERICAN PROVISIONS COMPLIANCE. To the extent applicable, Supplier must comply with all applicable provisions of the Buy American Act. Purchases made in accordance with the Buy American Act must follow the applicable procurement rules calling for free and open competition.

K. ACCESS TO RECORDS (2 C.F.R. § 200.336). Supplier agrees that duly authorized representatives of a federal agency must have access to any books, documents, papers and records of Supplier that are directly pertinent to Supplier's discharge of its obligations under this Contract for the purpose of making audits, examinations, excerpts, and transcriptions. The right also includes timely and reasonable access to Supplier's personnel for the purpose of interview and discussion relating to such documents.

L. PROCUREMENT OF RECOVERED MATERIALS (2 C.F.R. § 200.322). A non-federal entity that is a state agency or agency of a political subdivision of a state and its contractors must comply with Section 6002 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act. The requirements of Section 6002 include procuring only items designated in guidelines of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) at 40 C.F.R. § 247 that contain the highest percentage of recovered materials practicable, consistent with maintaining a satisfactory level of competition, where the purchase price of the item exceeds $10,000 or the value of the quantity acquired during the preceding fiscal year exceeded $10,000; procuring solid waste management services in a manner that maximizes energy and resource recovery; and establishing an affirmative procurement program for procurement of recovered materials identified in the EPA guidelines.

M. FEDERAL SEAL(S), LOGOS, AND FLAGS. The Supplier not use the seal(s), logos, crests, or reproductions of flags or likenesses of Federal agency officials without specific pre -approval.

N. NO OBLIGATION BY FEDERAL GOVERNMENT. The U.S. federal government is not a party to this Contract or any purchase by an Participating Entity and is not subject to any obligations or liabilities to the Participating Entity, Supplier, or any other party pertaining to any matter resulting from the Contract or any purchase by an authorized user.

0. PROGRAM FRAUD AND FALSE OR FRAUDULENT STATEMENTS OR RELATED ACTS. The Contractor acknowledges that 31 U.S.C. 38 (Administrative Remedies for False Claims and Statements) applies to the Supplier's actions pertaining to this Contract or any purchase by a Participating Entity.

Rev. 3/2021 16

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 113021-OKC
P. FEDERAL DEBT. The Supplier certifies that it is non -delinquent in its repayment of any federal debt. Examples of relevant debt include delinquent payroll and other taxes, audit disallowance, and benefit overpayments.

Q. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. The Supplier must notify the U.S. Office of General Services, Sourcewell, and Participating Entity as soon as possible if this Contract or any aspect related to the anticipated work under this Contract raises an actual or potential conflict of interest (as described in 2 C.F.R. Part 200). The Supplier must explain the actual or potential conflict in writing in sufficient detail so that the U.S. Office of General Services, Sourcewell, and Participating Entity are able to assess the actual or potential conflict; and provide any additional information as necessary or requested.

R. U.S. EXECUTIVE ORDER 13224. The Supplier, and its subcontractors, must comply with U.S.

Executive Order 13224 and U.S. Laws that prohibit transactions with and provision of resources and support to individuals and organizations associated with terrorism.

S. PROHIBITION ON CERTAIN TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SERVICES OR EQUIPMENT. To the extent applicable, Supplier certifies that during the term of this Contract it will comply with applicable requirements of 2 C.F.R. § 200.216.

T. DOMESTIC PREFERENCES FOR PROCUREMENTS. To the extent applicable, Supplier certifies that during the term of this Contract will comply with applicable requirements of 2 C.F.R. § 200.322.

22. CANCELLATION
Sourcewell or Supplier may cancel this Contract at any time, with or without cause, upon 60 days' written notice to the other party. However, Sourcewell may cancel this Contract immediately upon discovery of a material defect in any certification made in Supplier's Proposal. Cancellation of this Contract does not relieve either party of financial, product, or service obligations incurred or accrued prior to cancellation. ** Remainder of page intentionally blank **
Rev. 3/2021 17

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 Sourcewe[I
McuSlgnedbby., wl
E"ayf,�
By: 9DO64SO
Jeremy Schwartz
Title: Chief Procurement Officer
4/5/2022 1 4:53 PM CDT
Date:

Approved:

IDocuSignedby:
�`^^'V"
7E42B8FSfTA64CC...

By:

Chad Coauette
Title: Executive Director/CEO
4/5/2022 1 4:54 PM CDT
Date:

Oshkosh Corporation
113021-OKC
ent and F
Date:Azle- -vZ
Rev. 3/2021 1s

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 RFP 113021 - Firefighting Apparatus and Fire Service Vehicles Vendor Details
Company Name:

Pierce Manufacturing
Does your company conduct
business under any other name? If

WISCONSIN
yes, please state:
2600 American Drive
Address:

Appleton, WI 54914
Contact:

Michelle Swokowski
Email:
[email protected]
Phone:
920-832-3272
Fax:
920-740-6252
HST#:

Submission Details
Created On:

Monday October 18, 2021 12:41:15
Submitted On:

Tuesday November 30, 2021 16:18:31
Submitted By:

Michelle Swokowski
Email:
[email protected]
Transaction #:
720061 f-10fb-4d93-bd02-b5afd9c2b906
Submitter's I Address:
198.190.231.15
Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 Specifications
Table 1: Proposer Identity & Authorized Representatives General Instructions (applies to all Tables) Sourcewell prefers a brief but thorough response to each question. Do not merely attach additional documents to your response without also providing a substantive response. Do not leave answers blank; respond "NIA" if the question does not apply to you (preferably with an explanation).

Lin
Item
Question
Response
1 Proposer Legal Name (one legal entity only):

Oshkosh Corporation
(in the event of award, will execute the
resulting contract as "Supplier')
2 Identify all subsidiary entities of the Proposer
Pierce Manufacturing Inc.
whose equipment, products, or services are
Oshkosh Airport Products, 'LLC
included in the Proposal
3 Identify all applicable assumed names or DBA
As used herein, the "Company," `We," "us" and "out' refers to Oshkosh Corporation names of the Proposer or Proposer's
and its consolidated subsidiaries. "Oshkosh" refers to Oshkosh Corporation, subsidiaries in Line 1 or Line 2 above.
subsidiaries, Pratt & Miller Engineering & Fabrications, LLC (Pratt Miller), Pierce Manufacturing Inc. (Pierce), McNeifus Companies, Inc. (McNeilus) and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Oshkosh Airport Products, LLC (Airport Products), Kewaunee Fabrications, LLC (Kewaunee (IMT) or any other subsidiaries. Other assume names herein are often identified to be Frontline Communications, ARFF, Airport , Pierce.
4 Proposer Physical Address:

Oshkosh Corporation
1917 Four Wheel Dr.

Oshkosh WI, 54902
Pierce Manufacturing Inc.
2600 American Dr.

Appleton WI, 54914
Oshkosh Airport Products, LLC.
1515 County Rd. O
Neenah Wl, 54956
5 Proposer website address (or addresses):
www.oshkoshoorp.com
www.Piercemfg.com ,
www.frontlinecomm.com ,
www.oshkoshairport.com ,
6 Proposer's Authorized Representative (name,
James W. Johnson
title, address, email address & phone) (The
Executive Vice President and President, Fire & Emergency Segment representative must have 'authority to sign
Pierce Manufacturing Inc.
the "Proposer's Assurance of Compliance" on
2600 American Drive
behalf of the Proposer and, in the event of
Appleton, WI 54914
award, will be expected to execute the
Email: [email protected]
resulting contract):

Phone: 920-832-3000
Refer to authorized signers for Oshkosh Corporation, Pierce Manufacturing and Oshkosh Airport Products in additional documents.
7 Proposer's primary contact for this proposal
Michelle Swokowski
(name, title, address, email address & phone):

Sales Operations Manager, Pierce Manufacturing Inc.
2600 American Drive Appleton WI 54914
Email: [email protected]
Phone: 920-832-3272
8 Proposer's other contacts for this proposal, if
Brianna Propson,
any (name, title, address, email address &
Sales Representative, Oshkosh Airport Products, LLC.
phone):
1515 County RD 0
Neenah WI 54956
Email: [email protected]
Phone: 920-215-5135
Table 2: Company Information and Financial Strength
Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID; D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 Provide a brief history of your company, 10shkosh Corporation Overview including your company's core values,
Oshkosh Corporation was founded in 1917, driven by a breakthrough four-wheel business philosophy, and industry longevity
drive system that gave people the courage and confidence to go places they never related to the requested equipment, products
thought they would. Today, more than 14,000 Oshkosh team members are putting or services.
over 850 active patented technologies to work serving, developing, and connecting communities around the world. Oshkosh Corporation is a leading manufacturer and marketer of access equipment, specialty vehicles and truck bodies for the primary markets of access equipment, defense, fire & emergency and municipal, refuse hauling, concrete placement as well as airport services. s. Oshkosh products can be found in more than 150 countries under the brands of JLG®, Pierce@, Oshkosh® Defense, McNeilus®, IMT®, Jerr-Dan®, FrontlineT'", Oshkosh® Airport Products, and LondonTm and Pratt Miller.

Pierce and Airport Products are subsidiaries of Oshkosh and are part of the Fire & Emergency Segment of Oshkosh. We believe in advancing the world around us through building, serving, and protecting people and communities. We are united by a common purpose: to make a difference in people's lives. Our values are the belief system that helps us ensure our behaviors are aligned with our purpose and drive us to do great work for great people.

Oshkosh Core Values:

WE PUT PEOPLE FIRST
• We treat people how they need to be treated,
• We keep people safe, within our walls and those using our products. • We care for the emotional, physical, and financial wellbeing of our people. • We celebrate what makes each of us unique.
• We value other's words and ideas.
• We respect the impact we have on each other; on the people we serve and in communities around the world.

WE DO THE RIGHT THING
• We do the right thing, the right way, for the right reasons. • We take responsibility for our actions.
• We speak up and share our thoughts and concerns.
• We keep our promises.
• We respect our environment: both where we work and the planet we rely on.

WE PERSEVERE
• We push the bounds of technology and engineering to bring value to our customers and those who count on us.
• We challenge the impossible to make a difference every day. • We are courageous and steadfast.
• We strive to overcome obstacles and achieve our goals.

WE ARE BETTER TOGETHER
We welcome ideas different from our own.

We rely on diversity to drive innovation.

We create an inclusive, empowering environment for all.

We work together across geographies, platforms, business units and functions to help our company reach its fullest potential.

Business Philosophy:

Our strategy is "Innovate. Serve. Advance." We innovate customer solutions by combining leading technology and operational strength to empower and protect the everyday hero. We serve and support those who rely on us with a relentless focus throughout the product lifecycle. We advance by expanding into new markets and geographies to make a difference around the world.

As a corporation, our culture is one committed to conducting business with integrity, in accordance with the highest ethical standards and in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The guidelines, laws, regulations, policies, and procedures that govern our conduct as employees and contractors of Oshkosh Corporation are embodied in our Code of Ethics & Standards of Conduct - The Oshkosh Way.

Business Longevity:

Pierce was founded in 1913 and is the leading domestic designer and manufacturer of fire apparatus assembled on custom chassis, designed, and manufactured to meet the special needs of firefighters. Pierce also designs and manufactures fire apparatus assembled on commercially available chassis, which are produced for multiple end -customer applications. Pierce's engineering expertise allows it to design its vehicles to meet stringent industry guidelines and government regulations for safety and effectiveness. Pierce primarily serves domestic municipal customers, but also sells fire apparatus to the DoD, airports, universities, and large industrial companies, and in international markets. Pierce's history of innovation, research and development in consultation with firefighters has resulted in a broad product line that features a wide range of innovative, high -quality custom and commercial firefighting equipment with advanced fire suppression capabilities. In an effort to be a single - source supplier for its customers, Pierce offers a full line of custom and commercial fire apparatus and emergency vehicles, including pumpers, aerial platform, ladder and tiller trucks, tankers, light-, medium- and heavy-duty rescue vehicles, wildland Bid [Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 rough terrain response vehicles, mobile command and control centers, bomb squad vehicles, hazardous materials control vehicles and other emergency response vehicles.

Refer to "Pierce Timeline.pdf' in Financial Strength and Stability folder.

Oshkosh Airport Products is a leader in the design and sale of ARFF vehicles to domestic and international airports. These highly specialized vehicles are required to be in service at most airports worldwide to support commercial airlines in the event of an emergency. Our first Aircraft Rescue and Fire Fighting (ARFF) vehicle was delivered to the U.S. !Navy in 1968.

We are able to attract and retain new customers because we take pride in a quality product we build and provide second to none in service and support nationwide. We are the leading manufacturer of fire apparatus because of this — our loyal customers!
Refer to "9. Oshkosh Corporation 2020 Annual Report.pdf', "9. Oshkosh Strategy Innovate Serve Advance Strategy.pdf', "9. The Oshkosh Way_English.pdf', "9. 2020_Sustainability_Report.pdf', and "9. Equal Employment Opportunity.pdf' in Financial Strength and Stability folder for more information. 11 Demonstrate your financial strength and
Pierce Manufacturing Inc. and Oshkosh Airport Products, LLC are subsidiaries of stability with meaningful data. This could
Oshkosh Corporation, which is a publicly traded company. include such items as financial statements,
We have attached our annual report, SEC Filings along with the Dunn & Bradstreet SEC filings, credit and bond ratings, letters
report often used by lenders and investors to determine a company's eligibility for of credit, and detailed reference letters.
credit. This report along with any of the financial statements demonstrate Oshkosh Upload supporting documents (as applicable)
Corporation and its subsidiaries to be financially sound. For additional information in the document upload section of your
please refer to the below path.
response.
http:lrnvestor.oshkoshcorporation.comfinvestorsloverview/ Oshkosh Corporation maintains an investment grade credit rating. The rating agencies periodically update the Company's credit ratings as events or changes in economic conditions occur. As of September 30, 2021, the long-term credit ratings assigned to the Company's senior debt securities by the credit rating agencies engaged by the Company were as follows: Fitch Ratings BBB-; Moody's Investor Services, Inc. Baaa3; Standards & Poor's BBB.

Refer to "11. Oshkosh Corp Q4 and-Full-Year-Results-2021.pdf', 11. Oshkosh Corporation Form 10-K.pdf', 11. D&B Finance Analytics Report.pdf', 11. Bank of America. Oshkosh Reference.pdf', "11. Pierce Manufacturing Certificate of Status 062021.pdf', and "11. Oshkosh Airport Products Certificate of Status July 2021.pdf' in Financial Strength and Stability folder for more information.

Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CSE8 12 What is your US market share for the
Pierce is the leader in domestic market share of fire apparatus. Oshkosh solutions that you are proposing?
Corporation is traded on the New York Stock Exchange since 2002. Financial information can be obtained by visiting the beiow link. hitp:/finvestor.oshkoshcorporation.comAnver>torOnancial-information/annua"nd-quarterly- reportsldefault.aspx
Fire & Emergency segment. Through Pierce, the Company is the leading domestic designer and manufacturer of fire apparatus assembled on custom chassis, designed and manufactured to meet the special needs of firefighters. Pierce also designs and manufactures fire apparatus assembled on commercially available' chassis, which are ;produced for multiple end -customer applications. Pierce's engineering expertise allows it to design its vehicles to meet stringent industry guidelines and government regulations for safety and effectiveness. Pierce primarily serves domestic municipal customers, but also sells fire apparatus to the DoD airports, universities and large industrial companies, and in international markets.

Pierce's history of innovation, research and development in consultation with firefighters has resulted in a broad product line that features a wide range of innovative, high -quality custom and commercial firefighting equipment with advanced fire suppression capabilities. In an effort to be a single -source supplier for its customers, Pierce offers a full line of custom and commercial fire apparatus and emergency vehicles; including pumpers, aeriai platform, ladder and tiller trucks, tankers, light-, medium- and heavy-duty rescue vehicles, wildland rough terrain response vehicles, mobile command and control centers, bomb squad vehicles, hazardous materials control vehiclesand other emergency response vehicles.

The Company, through Airport Products, is a leader in the design and sale of ARFF vehicles to domestic and international airports. These highly specialized vehicles are required to be in service at most airports worldwide to support commercial airlines In the event of an emergency. Many of the largest airports in the United States, including ;LaGuardia International Airport, John F. Kennedy International Airport, O'Hare International Airport, Denver International Airport, Baltimore -Washington International Airport, Dallas/Fort Worth International Airport, Tampa International Airport, Philadelphia International Airport and San Francisco International Airport,; are served by the Company's ARFF vehicles. The U.S. government also maintains a fleet of ARFF vehicles that are used to support military operations throughout the world. Internationally, the Company's vehicles serve, among others, Beijing, China and more than fifty other airports in China; Singapore; Indonesia; Quebec, <Canada; Abu Dhabi, UAE; and Birmingham, Cardiff, Manchester and Liverpool, United Kingdom. In addition, the Company has recently delivered ARFF vehicles to airports in Mexico,; Japan, Egypt, i
Nepal, Iraq and the British Virgin Islands. The Company believes that the performance and reliability of its ARFF vehicles contribute to the Company's strong position in this market.

The Company, through its Frontline brand, is a leading manufacturer, system designer and integrator of broadcast vehicles, including electronic field production trailers, satellite news gathering and electronic news gathering !vehicles i for broadcasters and command trucks for local and federal governments along with being a leading supplier of military simulator shelters and trailers under the Oshkosh Specialty Vehicles (OSV) brand. The Company's vehicles have been used worldwide to broadcast the NFL Super Bowl, the FIFA World Cup and the Olympics. 13 What is your Canadian market share for the
Pierce along with their strong dealer sales and service network that has driven solutions that you are proposing?
increase Canadian market share. The Pierce Canadian dealer consist of 3 dealers that lead multiple service locations. We also partner with MAXI -METAL Inc leveraging the MAXI Saber program since 2016 and US Contender since 2017.

Each Dealer has a signed dealer agreement to sell Pierce fire apparatus in the designated territory awarded to them. They are Prime on contracts and are supported by the 2500+ Pierce employees.
14 Has your business ever, petitioned for
No
bankruptcy protection? If ;so, explain in detail.
, '
Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 15 How is your organization best described: is
it a manufacturer, a distributor/dealerlreseiler,
or a service provider? Answer whichever
question (either a) or b) just below) best
applies to your organization.
a) if your company is best described as
a distributorldealer/reseller (or similar entity),
provide your written authorization to act as a
distributor/dealer/reseiler for the manufacturer
of the products proposed in this RFP. If
applicable, is your dealer network
independent or company owned?
b) If your company is best described as
a manufacturer or service provider, describe
your relationship with your sales and service
force and with your dealer network in
delivering the products and services
proposed in this RFP. Are these individuals
your employees, or the employees of a third
party?
Pierce and Airport Products are best described as manufacturers.

Pierce and Airport Products are best described as manufacturers.

The Pierce Dealer network consists of 20 US based Dealers and 3 Canadian based Dealers. Each Dealer has a signed dealer agreement to sell Pierce fire apparatus in the designated territory awarded to them. They are Prime on contracts and are supported by the 2500+ Pierce employees. The Company believes the geographic breadth, size and quality of its Pierce fire apparatus sales and service organization are competitive advantages in a market characterized by a few large manufacturers and numerous small, regional competitors.

Pierce's fire apparatus is sold through an extensive network of independent sales and service organizations with over 300 hundred sales representatives in the U.S. and Canada, which combine broad geographical reach with high frequency of contact with fire departments and municipal government officials. These sales and service organizations are supported by product and marketing support professionals and contract administrators at Pierce. The Company believes high frequency of contact and local presence are important to cultivate major, and typically infrequent, purchases involving the city or town council, fire department, purchasing, finance and mayoral offices, among others, that may participate in a fire apparatus bid and selection process, After the sale, Pierce's nationwide local parts and service capability is available to help municipalities maintain peak readiness for this vital municipal service.

Oshkosh Airport Products
The Company markets its Oshkosh -branded ARFF vehicles through a combination of direct sales representatives domestically and an extensive network of representatives and distributors in international markets, including Canada. Certain of these international representatives and distributors also handle Pierce products and will follow the same process as noted above. For service, we support both with internal service support which is available 247/365 via our support line at 1-800-222- 6635 and external sales representatives.

Refer to "15. Pierce. Airport Manufacturer. Products.pdf' in Company Information and Financial Strength folder for an overview of our manufacturing capabilities and product offerings.

Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 16 If applicable, provide a detailed explanation
Pierce Manufacturing Inc. holds state licensing for Sales, Manufacturing, Motor outlining the licenses and certifications that
Vehicles, and dealer license used accordance to the state laws. The Pierce Dealer are both required to be held, and actually
network licenses independently holds as required by law in the state in which ;they held, by your organization (including third
sell. Airport Products holds manufacturer's license, where required. parries i and subcontractors that you use) in
pursuit of the business contemplated by this
We also hold our Vendors accountable to the utmost standards. Beyond ISO RFP,
certifications and compliance, we require our supply chain of major components to obtain a score of 80% or above on a supplier quality audit performed by Oshkosh Corporation supplier quality.

ISO 9001:2015 Certification:

Pierce Manufacturing Inc. was the first single -source manufacturer of custom fire apparatus in North America to achieve iSO 9001 certification`s Pierce has achieved iSO 9001:2015 certification which covers all ;aspects of our business fife cycle, from engineering and manufacturing to customer service.

ISO 9001 certification demonstrates 'a company's commitment to quality. To keep their ISO 9001 registered status, companies are re -audited twice per year through third -party verification to prove they are maintaining good practices. ISO 9001 certification further assures customers that a fundamental quality system is in place.

Its a solid foundation for continuous improvement always striving to get even better.

An ISO -certified manufacturer, like Pierce, accepts nothing but the best from its suppliers. Pierce asks its suppliers to meet many of the same stringent quality requirements and works with them to improve their quality systems as well.

Refer to "16. ISO 9001.2015 Pierce Mfg and entities.pdf' in Financial Strength and Stability folder for certificate.

UL/ULC:

Pierce is the first fire apparatus manufacturer to be both third parry certified to NFPA 1901-2013 edition and ULC listed to Canada ULC-S515-04 standard.

Third Party Vehicle Inspection Program by Underwriters Laboratories to ensure our products are 100% N.F.P.A. compliant to 1901 standards. The certification includes all design, production, operational and performance testing of the complete apparatus. All products must pass all tests before a truck is released into Canada.

This commitment to quality applies to trucks sold in the U.S. as well.

Refer to "16. Sample UL Certs 35796 Pump Line Voltage Aerial Certpdf' in Financial Strength and Stability folder for sample certificate.

ISO 14001:2015 Certification:

Our Neenah facility is also ISO 14001:2015 certified for our Environmental Management System. Various Pierce and Airport Products vehicles are manufactured in this space.

Refer to "16. ISO 14001 Oshkosh Airport Products.pdf' in Financial Strength and Stability folder for certificate
17 Provide all "Suspension or Debarment"
Neither Oshkosh Corporation or subsidiary such as Pierce Manufacturing and Airport information that has applied to your
Products have suspension or debarment that applies within the past 10 years. organization during the past ten years.

Table 3: Industry Recognition & Marketplace Success
18 Describe any relevant industry awards or
recognition that your company has received
in the past five years
Oshkosh Corporation is honored to be named and recognized for the following awards and recognitions.

World's Most Ethical Companies in 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021.

Oshkosh is one of only 124 companies, representing 52 industry sectors in 19 countries on five continents named to this prestigious list. We were the only company selected in the "Trucks and Other Vehicles" category, underscoring our commitment to leading ethical business standards and practices. This achievement is only possible with a commitment to sustainability, connecting with our communities and strong ethical culture and team members who believe in doing the right thing.

Link: hftps:Hinvestors.oshkoshcorp.com/news/news-details/2021/Oshkosh-Corporation- named-one-of-the-Worlds-Most-Eth ical-Companies-for-sixth-consecutive-year/default.aspx FORTUNE's World's Most Admired Companies in 2019 and 2020. Oshkosh Corporation is one of 330 companies to achieve this honor, as ranked by industry peers, highlighting some of the most respected and successful companies from around the world. https:/investors.oshkoshcorp.00m/news/news-details/2021/Oshkosh- Corporation-named-one-of-the-Worlds-Most-Adm ired-Com pan ies-by- FORTUNE/defauft.aspx
Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 In 2020 and 2021, the company was awarded one of America's Most Responsible Companies by Newsweek. Oshkosh has earned this award for two consecutive years and is ranked #159 out of 399 companies on the list. America's Most Responsible Companies were defined based on key performance indicators around environmental, social and corporate govemance areas. For more info please refer to the link below: hftps:ll www.oshkoshcorp.com/en/news/12-23-20-most responsible newsweek
Oshkosh Corporation was named a Military Friendly Company in 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021. Being named a Military Friendly Company highlights our commitment to caring for our team member and having a culture where veterans can thrive.. Please reference the link for additional detail:
https://w Av.oshkoshcorp.comlen/news
Oshkosh Corporation has been listed on the Dow Jones Sustainability World Index in 2019, 2020 and 2021. Please review the link below for additional info. hfpsalnvestors.oshkoshcorp.com/news/news-details/2020/Oshkosh-Corporation-Named- to-the-Dow-Jones-Sustainability-World-Index for-Second-Consecutive-Year/default.aspx Oshkosh Corporation is honored to be named and recognized for the following awards and recognitions.

World's Most Ethical Companies in 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021.

Link: hftps:finvestors.oshkoshcorp.com/news/news-details/2021/Oshkosh-Corporalion- named-one-of-the-Worlds-Most-Elh icapCompanies-for-s'ucth-consecutive-year/defau ft.aspx FORTUNE's World's Most Admired Companies in 2019 and 2020. Oshkosh Corporation is one of 330 companies to achieve this honor, as ranked by industry peers, highlighting some of the most respected and successful companies from around the world. httos:lfinvestors.oshkosheoro.com/news/news-details/2021/0shkosh- In 2020 and 2021, the company was awarded one of America's Most Responsible Companies by Newsweek. Oshkosh has earned this award for two consecutive years and is ranked #159 out of 399 companies on the list. America's Most Responsible Companies were defined based on key performance indicators around environmental, social and corporate govemance areas. For more info please refer to the link below: httpsa/w m.oshkoshcorp.comfen/news/12-23-20-most-responsible- newsweek
Oshkosh Corporation was named a Military Friendly Company in 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021. Being named a Military Friendly Company highlights our commitment to caring for our team member and having a culture where veterans can thrive.. Please reference the link for additional detail:
https://wum.oshkoshcorp.com/en/news
Oshkosh Corporation has been listed on the Dow Jones Sustainability World Index n 2019, 2020 and 2021. Please review the link below for additional info. https:/rnvestors.oshkoshcorp, con/news/news-details/2020/Oshkosh-Corporation-Named- lo-the-Dow-Jones-Sustainability-World-Index-for-Second-Consecutive Yearldefault.aspx Oshkosh was named one of the "World's Best Employers" by Forbes in 2020. The 2020 results included 750 multinational and large corporations across 45 countries.

Oshkosh is ranked #76 out of 750.

Please refer to the link: https:/Avww.oshkoshcorp.com/en/news/12-11-20-forbes Oshkosh is one of Barron's 100 Most Sustainable Companies for the years 2019, 2020 and 2021. Please review the link for additional information. hftps:llinvestors. oshkoshoorp.com/news/news-detaiisl2O2I /Oshkosh-Corporations-focus- on-sustainability-ea rns-recognition-from-Ba rrons-and-SP-Global/default.aspx Pierce's focus on energy efficiency is focused on being good stewards of company resources, budgets, and the company's ecological footprint. This eamed them the recognition for Focus on Energy 2020 Energy Efficiency Excellence Award https://www.pieroemt . com/piercelblog/pierce-recognized-with-focus-on-energy-excellence- award
Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuStgn Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43133-93AB-F3879467CBE8 Pierce also Achieved TRUE (Total Resource Use and Efficiency) Zero Waste Certification at the Gold level. TRUE certification is administered by Green Business Certification Inc. (GBCI), an organization that independently recognizes excellence in green business industry performance and practice globally 2021 Sterling Manufacturing Business Excellence Award - Florida facility has been awarded the 2021 Sterling Manufacturing Business Excellence Award at the Gold Level! This award went out to the company that was found to be a high performing manufacturer in seven categories. Pierce Bradenton demonstrated outstanding leadership and management systems to meet the need of customers and stakeholders hftps:/Avvvw,facebook.com/Pierce/posts/10165217512965527 Pierce was awarded the "Above and Beyond Award" by ESGR August of 2021.

Pierce was 1 of 3 large companies in Wisconsin recognized for their outstanding support of our Guard and Reserve forces.

Oshkosh Corporation has been named one of the "Best Managed Companies" by the Wall Street Journal in 2018 and 2019. Please visit the link for additional detail: https:/ANww.businesswire.com/news/home/20191209005496/en/Oshkosh- Corporation-Named-0 ne-of-the-%E2%80%9CBest-Managed-Companies-of- 2019%E2%80%9D-by the-Wall-Street-Joumal
ISO 14001:2015 Environmental Management System
To further solidify and standardize our environmental performance, Pierce Manufacturing and the Airport Products Group are in the first domestically of formalizing an Environmental Management System for our Neenah manufacturing facility in accordance with ISO 14001:2015 for all of Oshkosh Corporation Recognized by RobecoSAM with the Industry Mover Award for critical steps taken to propel corporate sustainability by measuring impact and disclosing results.

Oshkosh Corporation has achieved many awards throughout the years, Many of the awards highlight specific subsidiaries such as Pierce and Airport Products. There are many more that have not been incorporated but are incorporated on our websites. We are proud and work hard to maintain these achievements.

Refer to "18. TRUE CERTS-ID 1000128616.pdf' in Additional Documents folder for certificate.
20 What percentage of your sales are to the jPierce and Airport on occasion will sell to education sectors such as Universities, education sector in the past three years Colleges, High Schools, or Fire schools. The market for our product in this group is limited.

List any GSA contracts or Standing Offers Current GSA (General Services Administration) contract is GS30FO21 DA and Supply Arrangements (SOSA) that you
hold. What is the annual sales volume for
each of these contracts over the past three
Table 4: References/Testimonials
Line Item 23. Supply reference information from three customers who are eligible to be Sourcewell participating entities.

Entity Name *
Contact Name °
Phone Number'
Knoxville Fire Department
Bobby Palmer
865-595-4474
Howell Fire District #3
Louis-Memmolo,111
732-905-8530
Clark County
Riccardo Terzo
702-455-8341
Tampa International Airport
Oren Hanson
813-267-0335
Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 Table 5: Top Five Government or Education Customers
Line Item 24. Provide a list of your top five government, education, or non-profit customers (entity name is optional), including entity type, the state or province the entity is located in, scope of the project(s), size of transaction(s), and dollar volumes from the past three years.

Entity game
Entity Type *
State I
Province
Scope; of Work'
Dollar Volume Past Three
Size of Transactions" Years
U.S. Army
Government
District of
Pumpers, rescues, aerials
NIA N1A
Columbia - DC
U.S. Air Force
Government
District of
Pumpers, rescues, aerials
WA N/A
Columbia - DC
Bureau of
Government
District of
Wildland pumpers
WA NIA
Land
Columbia - DC
Management
U.S. Navy
Government
District of
Pumpers, rescues, aerials
WA NIA
Columbia - DC
U.S. Marine
Government
District of
Pumpers, rescues, aerials

NIA NIA
Corps
Columbia - DC
Table 6: Ability to Sell and Deliver Service
Describe your company's capability to meet the needs of Sourcewell participating entities across the US and Canada, as applicable.

Your response should address in detail at least the following areas: locations of your network of sales and service providers, the number of workers (full-time equivalents) involved in each sector, whether these workers are your direct employees (or employees of a third party), and any overlap between the sales and service functions.

Line
Item
Question
Response
25 Sales force.

Pierce Manufacturing has an inside sales force that manages a given territory The support can range from dealers, customer request, trade shows, warranties, specifics support within the bids, managing the sale and configuration The inside sales folks work with internal Pierce contacts to ensure a successful build and delivery to our preferred dealer network.

The Oshkosh Airport Products sales force consists of 2 regional sales managers who are direct employees of Oshkosh Airport Products. Our sales team is committed to the full customer lifecycle, from initial contact throughout the vehicle life. In addition, our internal sales managers coordinate with our Canadian dealership to support the customer relationship.

Refer to "25. 26. 27. Directory - Pierce Dealership Territories Map.pdf', "25. 26.

Pierce Authorized Dealer 202i Listing.pdf', "25. ARFF RSM Map Nov 2021.pdf', and "25. Pierce and Airport Internal Contacts Org Chart.pdf' in the Additional Documents folder for more information.
26 Dealer network or other distribution
Pierce product is sold via the authorized Pierce Dealer network of 300+ sales methods,
representatives that are located across the US and Canada and are backed by the Pierce factory support of 2500+ employees to assist with product, quality, and service. In addition, the sales force is comprised of legacy tenure as well as new generations. Many of our sales representatives' came from or are still part of the fire industry in some way.;
There are Dealers located across the US and Canada that have been assigned territory to provide Sales, Service, and aftermarket support 2417 365 days of the; year.

The dealer network has invested in on hand inventory as well as the factory and dedicated aftermarketinventory available online for them to utilize and drop ship to the end customer's location.

As previously, mentioned, we also partner with MAXIMETAL to support our Canadian customers by being a distributor for MAXIMETAL products.

Oshkosh Airport Products sells direct domestically and partners with dealer organizations internationally, including Canada.

Refer to "25. 26. 27, Directory - Pierce Dealership Territories Map.pdf' and "25. 26.

Pierce Authorized Dealer_2021 Listing.pdf' in the Additional Documents folder for more information.

Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 27 Service force. Pierce and its dealer network offer a wide variety of Aftermarket services to help customers maintain their Pierce branded fire apparatus. 70t service centers throughout North America are dedicated to servicing Pierce apparatus thru its industry - leading, independently owned & managed dealer network. 20 United States & 3 Canadian dealerships support our wide array of service centers. Pierce authorized service centers offer:
- Dedicated Service Professionals
• Nearly 250 mobile service vehicles, strategically located throughout North America • Offer scheduled & unscheduled maintenance services
- 2417 access to Pierce Technical Support Not -Line,
• Ability to execute warranty -related repairs, in accordance with the Pierce limited warranty statement.

Pierce also offers a full line of spare parts, available for purchase lhru its dedicated dealer network. The spare parts warehouse, located in Appleton, Wisconsin, boasts over 100,000 sq. ft. of storage space, all of which supports Pierce fire apparatus.

Key facts about the warehouse include:
• Dedicated and committed on -hand spare parts inventory • Management of over 100,000 unique spare part numbers (inventory, min/max, pricing, country of origin, etc.)
• Same -day & next -day shipping services from UPS, FedEx, and XPO • 2417 website to locate and check pricing & availability of spare parts by authorized dealer
• Tens of thousands of digital photographs & 3D artwork of replacement parts for fast & easy identification
Pierce offers a complete set of training classes, for both operators & maintainers, to keep your Pierce apparatus running at peak performance. • Regional & Corporate training events held throughout the calendar year • Instructors with over 100 combined years of Pierce & industry expertise • Innovative 'Training Truck'; key technology mounted on stand-alone truck to simulate any key system
• Technology training on key components such as Pierce Ultimate Configuration (PUC7M1°) water pumps, TAK-4® independent suspension systems, HuskyTm Foam systems, and Command ZoneTm III
• Operation overview of foam & aerial devices
Attached you will find a summary per authorized dealer mobile vehicles and acknowledgment of service technicians along with dealer contact and the territory they cover.

Oshkosh Airport Products employs full time Field Service Representatives to provide vehicle in-service, training, and service work. We also rely on support from organizations across the US and have service provider agreements to provide local support to our customers as well. In addition, we are supported through Oshkosh Corporation's training center to provide world -class maintenance and operations training. These trainings are designed specifically for our ARFF products and are available to our dealers and customers alike.

Refer to "25. 26. 27. Directory - Pierce Dealership Territories Map.pdf', "27. Pierce Dealer Service & Sales Coverage.pdf', and "27. ARFF Service Providers Map.pdf' in the Additional Documents folder for more information. 28 Describe the ordering process. ;If orders
When the customer works with the Pierce authorized dealer they will accept all will be handled by distributors, dealers or
purchase orders; however, every sale is configured in the Pierce customized truck others, explain the respective roles of the
configurator, Pulse. This sales tool includes the corresponding cooperative Proposer and others.
procurement option applicable to the sale. This option is used to generate monthly audits that Pierce performs with their dealer network as well as generate the quarterly required reports sent direct to the contracting agency. The authorized Dealer network utilizes the customized apparatus specification software (PULSE) to configure to the customer's expectations and is used intemally throughout the supply chain of the order from booking the order to engineer the final` product. The tool is supported with internal communication tools such as workflow, Communication Central, .' online scheduling, Build Status, and a complete Truck Library. This provides our Dealer network a direct link to the factory to accuratelycommunicate details to the end user.

Airport Products will be the primary point of contact for sales inquiries, except where we have an authorized dealer, With complexity of ARFF vehicles, our team will work directly with the customer to customize their truck configuration using the base vehicle as a starting' point. Options will be added to the base price with the Souroewell discount. This quotation will be used by the customer to issue''a purchase order or contract which will be reviewed by Airport Products and accepted. Airport Products Describe in detail the process and
procedure of your customer service
program, if applicable. Include your
response -time capabilities and
commitments, as well as any incentives

AFTERMARKET PIERCE MODEL
Pierce service after the sale is where we truly are set apart from others. The Pierce Dealer network spans across the US and Canada and each have made investment in facilities, inventory, staff, and training. The Dealer is the first point of contact for the customer however all customers can access Pierceparts.com to aid in any Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID: 025090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 that help your providers meet your stated service needs they may have. service goals or promises.

TEAM MEMBERS
Pierce Service Brigade
An army of 600 service technicians across the US and Canada.

Certified Master Technicians
We specifically created the Pierce Certified Master Technician program to ensure that our Service Brigade professionals possess the highest level of proficiency with today's sophisticated emergency vehicles, including non -Pierce apparatus.

The Right Attitude and the Right Tools
Our team members take pride in going home at the end of each day knowing they made a difference. The mobile training unit takes Customer Service training to another level and brings training to the customer. This mobile unit has built-in training tools and props that are configurable to the training needs of our customers. It allows the technician to troubleshoot, dismantle, and most importantly, provide the hands-on training customers ask for.

INVENTORY
As the manufacturer, facilities are available in Appleton, WI, Weyauwega, WI, and Bradenton, FL. These facilities are equipped with factory personnel and committed healthy stock of inventory dedicated to service and replacement parts to ensure quick response and minimize down time.

Furthermore, Pierce Manufacturing Inc. houses inventory in a dedicated facility, with a dedicated shipping area that ensures service parts are given priority and extends a customized, Pierce aftermarket website for authorized Dealers to conduct business in real-time.

FACTORY HOURS OF OPERATION
Pierce Manufacturing Inc. and Oshkosh Airport products also maintains a 24 hour/ 7 day a week, toll free emergency hot line and employs a staff of dedicated individuals to troubleshooting and parts support. Pierce Customer Service core hours of operation are Monday — Friday, 7:30 a.m. — 4:00 p.m. CST. We also have Pierce factory technicians on call for after-hours support available 24 hours a day, seven days a week.

PROBLEM IDENTIFICATION & RESOLUTION
As product or service issues are identified by the customer, they are to contact their local Pierce authorized dealer since they are the customer's first point of contact. All issues are documented, resolved, and archived for future reference by the local dealership. If there is an issue that needs elevated assistance, the dealership will contact the Pierce customer service account representative for assistance.

Parts identification is provided to both the dealer and the Fire Department through an on-line web -based application for the specific truck. Access will be granted using the specific VIN number of the vehicle and the online web application provides the ability to view complete bills of materials, digital photographs, parts drawings, assembly drawings, and access to all current operation, maintenance, and service publications. The end user can access this information via the Guest Login.

TECHNICAL SERVICE SUPPORT
Both Pierce and their authorized Dealers can provide both in-house and on -site service for the apparatus along with training per request. Replacement parts and various levels of service after delivery are available from your local Pierce authorized dealer, including but not limited to those shown below:

SERVICE:

Warranty repair for Pierce product line for all items except for those that must be handled directly by an authorized component manufacture such as engine and transmission.

Direct access to Pierce technical support
Routine preventative maintenance
Annual aerial ladder testing
Pump testing
Ground ladder testing
NFPA 1911 annual inspections maintenance and testing
Repairs from small minor issues to major overhauls and many other services Dealer repair services extend to most other fire and emergency rescue product tines n addition to Pierce Manufacturing
Service provided by EVT, ASE, Pierce and industry specific certified technicians 41I Pierce authorized sales and service dealers have access to Pierce's extensive evel of technical and customer service support staff
CARTS:
pierce authorized dealers maintain a large assortment of products supplied with fire Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AS-F3879467CBE8 apparatus.

Including, but not limited to, the most commonly required parts and components required for apparatus repair. This level of inventory enables "out of service" time to be kept to a bare minimum.

All Pierce authorized sales and service dealers have access to Pierce's extensive level of replacement parts inventory, which is more than $15M as well as any Pierce required fabrication services.

Oshkosh Airport Products partners with Pierce Manufacturing's internal customer support team to provide the same superior service for municipal products with the smaller scale of ARFF products. We maintain a 24 hour/ 7 day a week, toll free emergency hot line with core hours of operation being Monday through Friday, T30 a.m. — 4:00 p.m. CST. We also have Pierce factory technicians on call for after-hours support available 24 hours a day, seven days a week via our service support line 1- 800-222-6635
30 Describe your ability and willingness to
Pierce ManufacturingInc has 20 US 'based authorized' dealers, each which has an provide your products and services to
establishes sales and service infrastructure to support the sale of our whole goods Sourcewell participating entities in the
from time of sale through its lifecycle.

United States.

We are committed to support the customer by educating them in all possible avenue to ensure they know the benefits of 5ouroewell.

Pierce will be able to support the entire US including Hawaii and Alaska along with Canada regions. Our established dealer network includes assignment for these territories.

Airport Products is able and willing to provide' our products and services to participating entities in the United States.
31 Describe your ability and willingness to
Pierce Manufacturing Inc has 3 US based authorized dealers, each which has an provide your products and services to
establishes sales and service infrastructure to support the sale of our whole goods Sourcewell participating entities in Canada.
from time of sale through its lifecycle. Pierce Manufacturing Inc. has three Dealers that cover the Canadian territories — Commercial Emergency Equipment, Safety Source, and L 'Arsenal.

Commercial Emergency Equipment is the largest of those exclusive dealers. They cover Western Canada (BC, AB, SK, MB), Ontario, as well as the Northern Territories (YT, NWT, NT).

Pierce brands the MAXI Saber custom -chassis fire apparatus which are also marketed in Canada. Pierce is our authorized dealers are in exclusive product partnership since 2016 with MAXIMETAL. Pierce is committed to growing the market in Canada while also providing service support.

Airport Products will work in conjunction with our authorized dealer(s), and together we are able and willing to provide our products and services to participating entities in Canada.
32 Identify any geographic areas of the United
There are no geographic areas in the US or Canada that we wilt not be fully States or Canada that you will NOT be
servicing through the proposed contract.
fully serving through the proposed contract.

Pierce and Airport Products are proud to provide excellent coverage across the nation. There are no -areas throughout US or Canada that we are not able to fully support either through our dealer network or direct coverage through coverage. 33 identify any Sourcewell participating entity
There are no defined sectors that Pierce or Airport Products would not be willing sectors (i.e., government, education, not -for-
and able to sell to and extend the after the sale service and support we pride profit) that you will NOT be fully serving
ourselves on.
through the proposed contract. Explain in
detail. For example, does your company
have only a regional presence, or do other
cooperative purchasing contracts limit your
ability to promote another contract?
34 Define any specific contract requirements
Pierce and Airport Products: is not aware of any specific contract requirements or or restrictions that would apply to our
restrictions that apply; to members. Those territories determine what contracts they participating entities in Hawaii and Alaska
support and allow to be used.
and in US Territories.

Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 Table 7: Marketing Plan
35 Describe your marketing strategy for
The marketing strategy we have taken with all the awards has begun with marketing to promoting this contract opportunity.
our sales force. The initial launch provides the sales team:

Upload representative samples of your
w Overview of the contract and what differentiates it from the others marketing materials (if applicable) in
Training and updating internal User Guide/Handbook
the document upload section of your
• Adding the contract option to our custom truck configurator Pulse response.
• Adding the contract to the internal communication portal Update www.piercemfg.com and www.oshkoshairport.com website with the addition of the new contract
• Develop a flyer or FAQ to provide sales reps and customers as a takeaway • Including a Sourcewell purchased truck at Pierce shows. The Sourcewell consortium logo is noted on the configuration that is displayed on the truck.

Refer to "35. Pierce Example Marketing.pdf' in the Marketing Plan/Samples folder.

Additional marketing brochures available in the Marketing Plan/Samples folder. Please refer to these files for current representative material. 36 Describe your use of technology and
Pierce has a dedicated marketing team that manages our website and social media; we digital data (e.g., social media,
also have 23 Dealers that have established websites and utilize social media platforms metadata usage) to enhance
such as twitter, Instagram and Facebook to share 'messaging. We are able to track marketing effectiveness.
engagement and metadata on our followers through these platforms. Not only is our marketing team well versed in looking at industry trends, we also partner with external organizations for a more robust approach to technology.

Both Pierce and Airport Products' websites will include award and have a direct link to the Sourcewell website were facts and information can be obtained.' Airport Products also utilizes Showpad for organization and distribution of marketing material which is availableto our domestic; and international sales team. This tool allows us to share information across the globe, including information on available purchasing consortiums. This tool allows users to track customer engagement with the material. 37 In your view, what is Sourcewell's role
Sourcewell's role in promoting the Fire Apparatus contract is primarily accessibility to in promoting contracts arising out of
customers and/or their procurement officials.
this RFP? How will you integrate a
Sourcewell' s role is to be partner with the awarded vendors and understand the product Sourcewell-awarded contract into your
on the contract so that as a joint effort, end users can be informed and educated on sales process?
cooperative procurement and how this contract best fits them. This may include training creation, networking at a specific show or dealer location.

Cooperative procurement needs to fold into the sales process shortly after introductions. A Sales representative should understand what programs the customer has been a part of and/or what they know about cooperative procurement programs available. That basic understanding is a must have from the onset.

This program won't determine what apparatus they buy or what customization they can have — this program provides them the avenue to get what they need through an efficient procurement process.

For the Airport direct sales team, all opportunities that are not competitively bid will be provided information on the Sourcewell contract as an avenue for purchase. 38 Are your products or services
We do not offer an e-procurement ordering process due to the complexity of our product. '' nezn.ihKla fh--k - dnwvn,l—M
'SA/n h— Amf—in—1 fhie ninff— An— nnf ff in —ir hticin—a mnriof Table S: Value -Added Attributes
Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBEB Describe any product, equipment,
maintenance, or operator training
programs that you offer to
Sourcewell participating entities.

Include details, such as whether
training is standard or optional,
who provides training, and any
costs that apply.

Training is offered in several different ways:

A customer can request factory personnel to provide training and it will be added to the sale or available at a later date.
• The dealer may have a training program to offer that introduces the customer to the dealer's support team
• The customer may choose to attend regional training classes offered throughout the year.

All customers receive a Delivery Orientation class prior to placing the apparatus in service.

Other training is often customized to the customer's needs and scheduled around their calendars. Factory and/or Dealer training may include Operation, Maintenance, Foam training, Aerial training, Customer Mechanics, or customizable.

On -site training during vehicle in-service is standard. This provides a basic vehicle operations and maintenance overview. This training is consistent with industry standards.

Refer to "39. Pierce Training Offedngs.pdf' in Additional Documents for more information on Pierce training.

We also offer additional training through our Oshkosh Product Training Center. We have two rigorous courses focused on the vehicles chassis and firefighting systems. The cost of additional maintenance or operations courses are not included and schedule and pricing is available on our training website. Specialized training can also be requested and will be quoted at time of request.
https:#oshkosheorporation.osod.com/LMS/catalog/Welcome.aspx.

Refer to "39. Striker Chassis and Firefighting Maintenance Training Outline.pdf' in Additional Information folder for ARFF training outline.

Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 141
Describe any "green" initiatives
that relate to your company or to
your products or services, and
include a list of the certifying
agency for each.

Oshkosh Corporation, including Pierce and its sister segments, have Environmental Policies & Procedures including, but not limited to, an Environmental Protection Policy and an Energy Management Policy. Please refer to our response in question 18 on our recent award achievements as well.

Refer to "g. 2020 Sustainabiiity_Report.pcif' in the Financial Strength and Stability folder.

Pierce Sustainability Efforts
Sustainability is defined as "meeting the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs." Pierce is continuously improving how we make and distribute products. It's about reducing the environmental impact of our products and production, improving workplace conditions, reducing costs, increasing value, and being active in our communities.

Pierce has established waste and energy Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) and are developing and implementing plans to meet these goals month over month. KPIs are tracked, recorded, and shared monthly with the teams and our sister segments including Corporate.

Oshkosh Corporation conducts internal environmental audits using a third -party environmental auditing tool. These audits are completed on all sites on a rotating basis. Each facility is audited at least once every three years.

Pierce is an active member of the Dow Jones Sustainability Index (DJSI).

The Dow Jones Sustainability Indices (DJSI) launched in 1999, are a family of indices evaluating the sustainability performance of the largest 2,500 companies listed on the Dow Jones Global Total Stock Market Index.

Department of Energy's Better Buildings, Better Plants Program Pierce along with the other Oshkosh segments demonstrate our commitment to improving energy performance by signing a voluntary pledge to reduce our energy intensity by 25% over a ten-year period with the U.S. Department of Energy's Better Buildings, Better Plants Program. Leading manufacturers and industrial -scale energy using organizations implement cost-effective energy efficiency improvements that save energy and improve competitiveness.

ISO 14001:2015 Environmental Management System
To further solidify and standardize our environmental performance, Pierce Manufacturing and the Airport Products Group are in the process of formalizing an Environmental Management System for our Neenah manufacturing facility in accordance with ISO 14001:2015.

Refer to "16. ISO 14001 Oshkosh Airport Products.pdf' in Financial Strength and Stability Community — Goodwill
Pierce works with the local Goodwill in many different facets. One is the reuse of our safety glasses. Our friends at Goodwill clean and repackage the glasses for reuse at our facilities.

It is a cost savings, but most importantly it is helping our community and reducing waste to landfill.

Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope 1D: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 Table 9: Warranty
Describe in detail your manufacturer warranty program, including conditions and requirements to qualify, claims procedure, and overall structure. You may upload representative samples of your warranty materials (if applicable) in the document upload section of your response in addition to responding to the questions below.

Do your warranties cover all products, parts, and Yes, Our one-year bumper to bumper warranty covers all product, parts, and labor? labor. Pierce, the 'manufacturer", warrants each newly manufactured fire apparatus to the original end user/purchaser of specked periods stated below from the date of delivery.

The standard Cab & chassis warranty provides a one-year warranty that warrants against defects in product, workmanship, and/or design. This warranty shall apply provided the vehicle is properly maintained, Nothing contained in this warranty shall make the Manufacturer liable beyond the express limitations hereof, for loss, injury, or damage of any kind to any person or entity resulting defect or failure of the product (except as covered by Product liability insurance).

Refer to "45. 01-WA0008 100208 Pierce 1 year.pdf' and "45. Oshkosh 1 Year Basic Vehicle Warranty.pdf' in the Warranty folder for our standard 1 year warranty.

The Manufacturer's warranty shall not apply to the following:
• Wear items
• Normal adjustments and maintenance services.
• Failures resulting from the product being operated in a manner not in accordance with the operation manual or for a purpose not recommended by the Manufacturer.

Any product which shall have been repaired, modified, or altered in any way to have been adversely affected the unit's stability or reliability. • Items subjected to misuse, negligence, accident, or improper maintenance. • Loss of time or use of the product, inconvenience, or other incidental The authorized Pierce dealer manages all warranty issues on behalf of the end customer. The Pierce dealer utilizes an online claim filing system known as One Warranty for claim processing. Pre -approval for a claim or request for credit (post- correction claim) can be fled via the One Warranty system in the event a warrantable failure is found.

All Standard and Extended Warranty claims are subject to specific Standard and Extended Warranty guidelines. Speck warranties exist for particular makes, models, chassis, options, etc. for Pierce products, Specific warranty bulletins are provided at time of sale to the end customer.

Refer to a sampling of our other warranty statements and manufacturers' statements on engines, transmissions, water pump, etc. in the Warranty Folder. A summary of warranty is also available "45. Warranty Overview. 46 47 Do your warranties cover the expense of We pride ourselves with the coverage we have across the nation. There are technicians' travel time and mileage to perform no areas that we do not have coverage throughout US or Canada. Warranty warranty repairs? is managed through our Pierce authorized dealers and dealer travel expenses are covered per our established internal One Warranty guidelines.

Airport Products warranty is managed through authorized service representatives or our internal resources. Travel expenses are covered per our established internal one Warrantv ouidelins.
[Are there any; geographic red
warranty repairs? How will Soarc
participating entities in these regii
service for warranty repair?
Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 49 Will you cover warranty service for items made by
Major components installed but not manufactured by Pierce or Airport other manufacturers that are part of your proposal,
Products are covered under original equipment manufacturer's warranties or are these warranties issues typically passed on
passed through to end user/customer. These include, but are not limited to, to the original equipment manufacturer?
engine, transmission, water pump, ABS, and axles.

Component Warranties
In some cases, suppliers will offer warranties beyond the Pierce or Airport Products one-year warranty. Warranties provided by individual suppliers other than Pierce or Airport Products apply after the one-year vehicle warranty.

The administration of individual supplier warranties, per the supplier, are to be addressed directly with the supplier themselves.
50 What are your proposed exchange and return
Pierce offers a retumlexchange program for aftermarket parts only to the programs and policies?
purchaser (Pierce dealer) and the dealer may; extend this and other terms and conditions to the end customer.

Atermarket Parts Warranty
Pierce and Airport Products warrants ;the purchaser that the parts sold by aftermarket be free from defects in product and workmanship for the period of six months from the delivery of the product. This Parts Warranty does not include freight, labor,; travel, or markup. It is apart warranty only.

Return of Defective 'Parts
If parts used in the repair of an apparatus are required to be retumed to Pierce, Dealers will receive notification. Dealers have up to 30 days to return the defective component or the warranty claim will be rejected. 59 IDescribe
any service contract options for the
Authorized Pierce dealers may offer service contracts for preventative items included in your proposal.
maintenance purposes.

No service contracts are included in this proposal.

Table 10: Payment Terms and Financing Options
Line
Item
Question
Response
52 Describe your payment terms and accepted payment
All sales of Pierce apparatus are sold through the authorized Pierce methods.
dealers. Payment terms are Cash on Delivery (COD) or prepayment unless otherwise agreed upon by the Pierce dealer.

Oshkosh Airport Products' standard payment terms are net 30 days after delivery of vehicle. Accepted payment methods include check and wire transfer.
53 Describe any leasing or financing options available for use The same logic behind our custom chassis applies to our financial by educational or governmental entities.
services: Tailor the product to the department, not the 'other way around. The Company offers two- to fifteen year municipal lease financing programs to its Fire` & Emergency segment customers in the U.S. through the
Pierce Financial Solutions program, provided by PNC Equipment Finance. Programs include competitive` tease financing rates, creative and; flexible
finance arrangements and the ease of one -stop shopping for customers' equipment' and financing. The Company executes the lease financing
transactions through a co -branded arrangement with an independent third -party finance company. The Company typically provides credit support in
connection with these financing and leasing arrangements With industry -leading tax-exempt rates, zero documentation fees, flexible payment plans and quick approvals that can bypass voter referendums, we make it easy to get behind the wheel of your new Pierce.

Refer to "53. Pierce Financial: Solutions Testimonials. pdf' and "53.

Financial_Solutions.pdf' in the Additional Documents folder. 54 Describe any standard transaction documents that you Pierce has a variation of standard warranty documents. Sample propose to use in connection with an awarded contract
documents are included in the warranty document uploads. (order forms, terms and conditions, service level
No standard transaction documents are being requested to use in agreements, etc.). Upload a sample of each (as
connection with an awarded contract.
applicable) in the document upload section of your
No service contracts are included in this proposal. Authorized Pierce response.
dealers may offer service contracts for preventative maintenance purposes.
55 Do you accept the P-card procurement and payment
Pierce, Airport Products, and their independents' dealers' do not find process? If so, is there any additional cost to Sourcewell that P-card procurement and payment' feasible due to the size and participating entities for' using this process?
build complexity of our products
Table 11: Pricing and Delivery
Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-4363-93AB-F3879467CBE8 Provide detailed pricing information in the questions that follow below. Keep in mind that reasonable price and product adjustments can be made during the term of an awarded Contract as described in the RFP, the template Contract, and the Sourceweil Price and Product Change Request Form.
56 Describe your pricing model (e.g., line -item discounts or product -category discounts). Provide detailed pricing data (including standard or list pricing and the Sourceweil
discounted price) on all of the items that you want
Sourceweil to consider as part of your RFP response. If applicable, provide a SKU for each item in your proposal.

Upload your pricing materials (if applicable) in the
document upload section of your response.

Describe any quantity or volume discounts or rebate
programs that you offer.

I i ayuaot.

Combination of line item and percentage discount are provided in an attached PDF document identified as follows
Product Category
Identification ID#
Product Description
List Price
• Percentage off per product
• Line Item (Contract) Price
The Percentage Discount items are also applicable to the unpublished options added to the published base specification with a standard discount off of List contingent on the Droduct.

Multi -Unit Purchase Discount:

Additional discounts may be available for identical multi -unit purchases. Discount varies dependent upon the number of identical units, the configuration of the units, and will be handled on a case - by -case basis.

Pre -Payment Discount
Discount amount varies dependent upon apparatus price, delivery schedule, extent of pre -payment, and applicable rate. If elected, payment for the entire contract amount is due within thirty (30) days of contract execution. This deduction is in addition to all other discounts listed above. If this option is elected, final payment for any changes processed during manufacturing is due prior to the unit leaving the factory for delivery.

Payment & pricing options:

Chassis Progress Payment Discount: Discount of approximately 3% of the custom chassis price is offered if a chassis progress payment is made three (3) months prior to the RFP (ready for pick :gip from the factory) date. Example: Chassis progress payment in the amount of $220,714.00 could earn a discount of ($6,621.00).

This discount is not available for Commercial chassis products.

Aerial Device Progress Payment Discount: Discount of
approximately 2% of the aerial device price is offered if an aerial levice progress payment is made two (2) months prior to the RFP "ready for pick up from the factory) date. Example: Aerial device progress payment in the amount of $310,385.00 could earn a t of (6,207.00).
1 or open market items may be provided
Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 60 Identify any element of the total cost of acquisition that is Pre -Delivery Expenses
NOT included in the pricing submitted with your response.

Dealer provided options can be added to the apparatus contract This includes all additional charges associated with a
upon request and will be handled by the Pierce authorized dealer. purchase that are not directly identified as freight or Dealer provided options can vary depending upon the customers shipping charges. For example, list costs for items like pre- request and can include but are not limited to the items listed delivery inspection, installation, set up, mandatory training, below. Pricing will be provided to each customer upon request and or initial inspection. Identify any parties that impose such varies by dealership and customer location.
costs and their relationship to the Proposer.

Factory inspection trips
Weekly construction photo progress reports
Orientation DVD specific to your apparatus
Loose Equipment
Engine and or transmission diagnostic software
Loose equipment (open market items) such as but not limited to monitors, hose, intercom system, radio equipment, and rescue tools and equipment
Pre -delivery service consisting of basic fluids and filters Custom fabrication for too[ mounting and communication
equipment
Other items as requested by customer and deemed sourced or open market
Delivery
Sales and other taxes, license, handling, or title fees are also not included.
61 if freight, delivery, or shipping is an additional cost to the Transportation Expenses
Sourcewell participating; entity, describe in detail the Prices quoted in RFP #113021 are FOB Manufacturer's facility. complete freight, shipping, and delivery program.

Transportation of the apparatus from the factory to the customers facility can be added to the contract. In most cases the apparatus is delivered to the Pierce authorized dealer facility in the area for a Pre-Deliveryinspection and the installation of any dealer provided options, if applicable. if there is not'a Pierce authorized dealer facility near the customer location, the apparatus may be delivered directly to the facility: The cost for this transportation varies dependent upon the type of apparatus and the proximity of your facility to the location of the manufacturer's facility. Delivery is conducted in accordance with DOT regulations. Delivery charges can vary based on the logistic or shipping location and requirements for example, more if flatbed, barge, or container ship transport is required.
62 Specifically describe freight, shipping, and delivery terms or Shipping and Delivery programs for areas such as Alaska, Hawaii, programs available for Alaska, Hawaii, Canada, or any
or any offshore delivery requires coordination of different transit offshore delivery.
methods. Most often the apparatus is flatbed to the port destination, prepared for ocean transit, and travel to final destination (roll-on/roll off vessel is preferred). This unique shipping and delivery requirements are priced on a case -by -case basis as required.

Shipping within the contiguous US states and Canada, shipping is calculated using numerous factors including but not limited to the type of apparatus which impacts permits as well as the distance to destination. Shipping expenses are not included in the base specifications cost.
63 Describe any unique distribution' and/or delivery methods or For ARFF vehicles, ;due to 'size and weight restrictions all trucks will options offered in your proposal`.
be transported via low -boy or flatbed. All required licenses and *' permits will be obtained prior to shipment.

Table 12: Pricing Offered
Line
Item
The Pricing Offered in this Proposal is: *
Comments
64 b. the same as the Proposer typically offers to GPOs, cooperative procurement organizations, or state purchasing Pierce will not favor one
departments.

GPO over another. Therefore,
pricing model is consistent
across all.

Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 Table 13: Audit and Administrative Fee
Line Item Question
65 Specifically describe any self -audit process or program that you plan to employ to verify compliance with your proposed Contract with Sourcewell. This process includes ensuring that Sourcewell participating entities obtain the proper pricing, that the Vendor reports all sales under the Contract each quarter, and that the Vendor remits the proper administrative fee to Sourcewell. Provide sufficient detail to support your ability to report quarterly sales to Sourcewell as described in the Contract template.
66 If you are awarded a contract, provide a few examples of internal metrics that will be tracked to measure whether you are having success with the contract.
67 Identify a proposed administrative fee that you will pay to Sourcewell for facilitating, managing, and promoting the Soumewell Contract in the event that you are awarded a Contract. This fee is typically calculated as a percentage of Vendor's sales under the Contract or as a per -unit fee: it is not a line -item addition to the Member's cost of goods. (See the RFP and template Contract for additional details.)
Response*'
Pierce takes pride in upholding the integrity of the programs and contracts we participate in.

System software changes have been built to facilitate the information gathered throughout any of our programs to
efficiently run reports on demand. These reports are run at a minimum monthly for internal audit purposes and quarterly for contract requirements.

All base specifications and additional upgrade options have been created in our customized truck configurator tool, PULSE so that a Dealer can copy that base specification to confirm line -item pricing. Any changes made to the base specification is then controlled and captured in a Change Aeport that can be validated to honor the Percentage
Discount on options added.

The process (see additional documents) outline shows that Pierce has a closed -loop process that provide checks and balances for all involved.

Our reporting capabilities for other contracts have been noted to be timely, thorough, and accurate. The volume of sales under our consortium programs requires Pierce to
have a well-defined and efficient process
Awarded contracts are audited on product cost, labor
efficiencies, product margin and customer satisfaction.

Refer to 'Table 13. Question 65 Audit and Administrative Fee.pdf' in Pricing folder.

On a monthly basis Pierce will provide the percentage of Sourcewell orders to each authorized dealer in which they can compare to the prior year, this is provided in their monthly dashboards.

The Administrative Fee that Pierce will pay to Sourcewell for this proposed contract is aligned with the other contracts awaited to Pierce to create alignment and consistency. That fee will be a flat $2000.00 USD per customer purchase
order or separate contract.

Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 Table 14A: Depth and Breadth of Offered Equipment Products and Services 68 Provide a detailed description of the Pierce is offering an array of fire apparatus to meet the customers needs across equipment, products, and services that you the US and Canada, including Hawaii and Alaska. are .offering in your proposal. Authorized Pierce dealers may offer service contracts for preventative maintenance purposes. Our product portfolio includes the industry standard categories: Custom and Commercial Pumper products Aerial products, Command, ARFF, Rescue products, Tanker products, and Specialty vehicles.

CUSTOM AND COMMERCIAL PUMPER PRODUCTS
Pumper products include commercial and custom chassis with varying body sizes, pump rates, water tank capacity, and pump module style.

AERIAL PRODUCTS
Aerial products include ladders, platforms, and tillers. These provide ladder lengths ranging from 61' — 110'. Selections will include various axle configurations, pumping rates, ladder styles, and material.

EMERGENCY RESPONSE VEHICLES - Designed to support the demands of emergency response. Many models fall under this category such as large mobile command, mid -size command vehicle, small mobile command, and cru 22mobile command vehicle.

RESCUE PRODUCTS
Rescue products will include commercial and custom chassis offerings along with a walk-in or non -walk-in style.

The configuration capabilities vary but includes capacity to integrate complex A N, network and radio systems, air tool systems, breathing air systems with compressors, hydraulic rescue tool systems and winching capabilities, crew seating with storage, and custom fabricated shelves and trays,

TANKER PRODUCT
Tanker products offer a dual role of water transport and on -the -spot firefighting.

Pierce offers Elliptical tankers, Tanker/Pumper models, Dry side and Wet side styles to choose from. Each tanker is custom designed to accommodate the fire departments water, foam and equipment storage needs. Pierce Tankers feature solid, lightweight, corrosion -free polypropylene tanks. The tanks are form -fitted specifically for Pierce vehicles and come with a lifetime warranty.

MALTY VEHICLES
alty vehicles are those unique vehicles that have a purpose in which just one be needed. Specialty vehicles may range from a mini pumper to a Wildland III vehicle or a Industrial Fire Fighting Vehicle.

Maxi -Metal Partnership
MAXIMETAL PRODUCTS- are distributed in the USA through PIERCE MANUFACTURING and the dealer network under the brand name "CONTENDER BY MAXIMETAL, The "Contender by MAXIMETAL" product line will be submitted by MAXI -METAL for consideration.

Rescue and Fire Fighting Vehicles (ARFF) — Airport Products offers the i Striker 4x4, 6x6 and 8x8 along with the Stinger Q4 RIV (Rapid Intervention The ARFF vehicle will be equipped to meet NFPA 414 requirements with equipment and configurations to meet individual airport needs.

Service a
below of
n Dry -side Tanker, Mini -Pumper, Command
Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 Table 94B: Depth and Breadth of Offered Equipment Products and Services Indicate below if the listed types or classes of equipment, products, and services are offered within your proposal. Provide additional comments in the text box provided, as necessary.

Line Item
Category or Type
Of fared
Comments
70 Firefighting apparatus and service vehicles, of all
r: Yes
Frontline leads service on command
types, such as: pumper/engine, initial attack,
r No
and communications.
mobile water supply, aerial, quint, special service,
'
mobile foam, command and communications, and
purpose-built firefighting or rescue trailers
71 Wildland fire apparatus, of all types, such as: fire r: Yes
NIA
suppression equipment, mobile water supply, i and
r No
*'
crew carriers
72 Aircraft rescue and firefighting vehicles
r: Yes
Oshkosh Airport Products
r No
73 Purpose-built chassis and vehicle components for
G Yes
Pierce has a variety of custom built
firefighting apparatus and fire service vehicles
r^ No
chassis that you will find within the
documents
74 Equipment, options, accessories, and supplies
r Yes
Can be open source Offering is only
complementary or incidental to the purchase of a
r No
in conjunction with a new order......
turnkey or complete unit of the types described in
Lines 70-72 above
75 Services related to the offering of the solutions
r: Yes
We are required to provide training
described in Lines 70-74, including installation,
r No
of our vehicle per compliance with
customization, remount, refurbishment, inspection,
NFPA. We do provide options within
repair, maintenance, training, and support
our proposals for this, and extended
durations that have added cost
associated.

Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 Table 15: Industry Specific Questions
e available service and repair Fierce Master Technician Program for the equipment and products The Pierce Master Technician Program is focused on recognizing service technicians in your proposal throughout the dealer network for their knowledge and ability to provide expert service on Pierce apparatus. With this tiered level program, a technician can work their way up from having one certification to the level of Master Technician. Active participation in the ASE & EVT programs is encouraged. A Pierce Master Technician must successfully complete the defined core classes dedicated to exclusive Pierce products. A cumulative final exam is taken upon completion of the dare classes to obtain a Pierce Master Technician status. Pierce has over a 150 Master Technicians certified.
78 Describe your compliance with US
Pierce fire apparatus are built with pride and dedication to a product that helps standards for the equipment and products
save lives. We have many internal quality check points throughout the build process offered in your proposal, including
and before the fire apparatus can be delivered it must go through third party testing applicable federal and state requirements.
by Underwriters Laboratories (UL).

Pierce contracts with Underwriter's Laboratories to inspect Pierce apparatus for compliance to NFPA standards. Every NFPA 1901 apparatus manufactured in the Appleton facility is reviewed by a UL certified inspector after it is completed. apparatus is subjected to a visual inspection of construction and installed rnents such as chassis, driving and crew compartments, body compartments, warning lights, reflective trim, warning, and instructional labels, etc. The :Sion checklist, based on apparatus type, may have over 100 items to check. ce the UL inspection is complete a certification of NFPA compliance is provided the customer upon delivery of their fire apparatus.
hkosh ARFF products comply with latest edition of NFPA 414 and the Federal ation Administration Advisory Circular (AC) 15015110-10E.

Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 Exceptions to Terms, Conditions, or Specifications Form Only those Proposer Exceptions to Terms, Conditions, or Specifications that have been accepted by Sourcewell have been incorporated into the contract text.

Documents
Ensure your submission document(s) conforms to the following:

1. Documents in PDF format are preferred. Documents in Word, Excel, or compatible formats may also be provided.

2. Documents should NOT have a security password, as Sourcewell may not be able to open the file. It is your sole responsibility to ensure that the uploaded document(s) are not either defective, corrupted or blank and that the documents can be opened and viewed by Sourcewell.

3. Sourcewell may reject any response where any document(s) cannot be opened and viewed by Sourcewell.

4. If you need to upload more than one (1) document for a single item, you should combine the documents into one zipped file. If the zipped file contains more than one (1) document, ensure each document is named, in relation to the submission format item responding to. For example, if responding to the Marketing Plan category save the document as "Marketing Plan." • Pricing - Table 12. Pricing.zip - Tuesday November 30, 2021 15:16:30 • Financial Strength and Stability - Table 2, Financial Strength and Stability.zip - Tuesday November 30, 2021 14:31:23 • Marketing Plan/Samoes - Table 7. Marketing Plan.Samples.zip - Tuesday November 30, 2021 13:40:24 • WMBE/MBE/SBE or Related Certificates (optional)
• Warranty Information - Table 9. Warranty Information.zip - Tuesday November 30, 2021 13:41:02 • Standard Transaction Document Sam les - SALES —TEMPLATE —Sales Proposal Order Form .pdf - Tuesday November 30, 2021 13:43:12
• Upload Additional Document - Additional Documents.zip - Tuesday November 30, 2021 16:02:10 Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC-AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 Addenda, Terms and Conditions

PROPOSER AFFIDAVIT AND ASSURANCE OF COMPLIANCE
I certify that I am the authorized representative of the Proposer submitting the foregoing Proposal with the legal authority to bind the Proposer to this Affidavit and Assurance of Compliance:

1. The Proposer is submitting this Proposal under its full and complete legal name, and the Proposer legally exists in good standing in the jurisdiction of its residence.

2. The Proposer warrants that the information provided in this Proposal is true, correct, and reliable for purposes of evaluation for contract award.

3. The Proposer, including any person assisting with the creation of this Proposal, has arrived at this Proposal independently and the Proposal has been created without colluding with any other person, company, or parties that have or will submit a proposal under this solicitation; and the Proposal has in all respects been created fairly without any fraud or dishonesty. The Proposer has not directly or indirectly entered into any agreement or arrangement with any person or business in an effort to influence any part of this solicitation or operations of a resulting contract; and the Proposer has not taken any action in restraint of free trade or competitiveness in connection with this solicitation. Additionally, if Proposer has worked with a consultant on the Proposal, the consultant (an individual or a company) has not assisted any other entity that has submitted or will submit a proposal for this solicitation.

4. To the best of its knowledge and belief, and except as otherwise disclosed in the Proposal, there are no relevant facts or circumstances which could give rise to an organizational conflict of interest. An organizational conflict of interest exists when a vendor has an unfair competitive advantage or the vendor's objectivity in performing the contract is, or might be, impaired.

5. The contents of the Proposal have not been communicated by the Proposer or its employees or agents to any person not an employee or legally authorized agent of the Proposer and will not be communicated to any such persons prior to Due Date of this solicitation.

6. If awarded a contract, the Proposer will provide to Sourcewell Participating Entities the equipment, products, and services in accordance with the terms, conditions, and scope of a resulting contract.

7. The Proposer possesses, or will possess before delivering any equipment, products, or services, all applicable licenses or certifications necessary to deliver such equipment, products, or services under any resulting contract.

8. The Proposer agrees to deliver equipment, products, and services through valid contracts, purchase orders, or means that are acceptable to Sourcewell Members. Unless otherwise agreed to, the Proposer must provide only new and first -quality products and related services to Sourcewell Members under an awarded Contract.

9. The Proposer will comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state, and local laws, regulations, rules, and orders.

10. The Proposer understands that Sourcewell will reject RFP proposals that are marked "confidential" (or "nonpublic," etc.), either substantially or in their entirety, Under Minnesota Statutes Section 13.591, subdivision 4, all proposals are considered nonpublic data until the evaluation is complete and a Contract is awarded. At that point, proposals become public data. Minnesota Statutes Section 13.37 permits only certain narrowly defined data to be considered a "trade secret," and thus nonpublic data under Minnesota's Data Practices Act.

11. Proposer its employees, agents, and subcontractors are not:

1. Included on the "Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons" list maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury found at: hffps:// www.treasu[ y.go"/ facldownloads/sdnlist af;

2. Included on the government -wide exclusions lists in the United States System for Award Management found at:
h s:aam_govISAM/; or

3. Presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from programs operated Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

DocuSign Envelope ID: D25090FC AF48-43B3-93AB-F3879467CBE8 by the State of Minnesota; the United States federal government or the Canadian government, as applicable; or any Participating Entity. Vendor certifies and warrants that neither it nor its principals have been convicted of a criminal offense related to the subject matter of this solicitation.
17 By checking this box I acknowledge that I am bound by the terms of the Proposer's Affidavit, have the legal authority to submit this Proposal on behalf of the Proposer, and that this electronic acknowledgment has the same legal effect, validity, and enforceability as if I had hand signed the Proposal. This signature will not be denied such legal effect, validity, or enforceability solely because an electronic signature or electronic record was used in its formation. - Michelle Swokowski, Sales Operations Manager, Oshkosh Corporation/ Pierce Manufacturing/ Oshkosh Airport Products
The Proposer declares that there is an actual or potential Conflict of Interest relating to the preparation of its submission, and/or the Proposer foresees an actual or potential Conflict of Interest in performing the contractual obligations contemplated in the bid. r Yes a No
The Bidder acknowledges and agrees that the addendum/addenda below form part of the Bid Document.

Check the box in the column "I have reviewed this addendum" below to acknowledge each of the addenda.

Addendum_4 Fire Apparatus_RFP_113021
Sat November 20 2021 12:53 PM
Addendum_3_Fire Apparatus_RFP_113021
Thu November 11 2021 02:09 PM
Addendum _2_Fire—Apparatus RFP_113021
Fri October 29 2021 09:20 AM
Addendum_7_Fire_Apparatus_RFP 113021
Fri October 29 2021 09:20 AM
F
5 F7
1 17
1 F7
1 Bid Number: RFP 113021 Vendor Name: Pierce Manufacturing

Downey City CouncilMarch 14, 2023

Downey City Council
March 14, 2023